Toshiba Printer 451c User Manual

2. ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2.1 Error Code List  
The following error codes is displayed at the upper right of the screen when the CLEAR PAPERor CALL  
SERVICEsymbol is blinking.  
2
2.1.1  
Jam  
Error code  
Classification  
Paper exit jam  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
E010  
Jam not reaching the exit sensor : The paper which  
has passed through the fuser unit does not reach  
the exit sensor.  
P. 5-1  
E020  
Paper exit jam  
Stop jam at the exit sensor: The trailing edge of the  
paper does not pass the exit sensor after its leading  
edge has reached this sensor.  
P. 5-2  
E030  
E061  
Other paper jam  
Power-ON jam: The paper is remaining on the  
paper transport path when power is turned ON.  
P. 5-18  
P. 5-18  
Incorrect paper size setting for upper drawer: The  
size of paper in the 1st drawer differs from size set-  
ting of the equipment.  
E062  
E063  
E064  
E065  
E090  
Incorrect paper size setting for lower drawer: The  
size of paper in the 2nd drawer differs from size set-  
ting of the equipment.  
P. 5-18  
P. 5-18  
P. 5-18  
P. 5-18  
P. 5-19  
Incorrect paper size setting for PFP upper drawer:  
The size of paper in the 3rd drawer differs from size  
setting of the equipment.  
Incorrect paper size setting for PFP lower drawer:  
The size of paper in the 4th drawer differs from size  
setting of the equipment.  
Incorrect paper size setting for bypass tray: The  
size of paper in the bypass tray differs from size  
setting of the equipment.  
Image data delay jam: Image data to be printed  
cannot be prepared.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 1  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
E210  
Paper transport jam  
Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the  
registration sensor): The paper does not reach the  
registration sensor after it has passed the upper  
drawer feed sensor.  
P. 5-10  
E220  
E300  
E310  
E320  
E330  
E340  
E350  
E360  
Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the  
upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does not  
reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has  
passed the lower drawer feed sensor.  
P. 5-11  
P. 5-10  
P. 5-11  
P. 5-12  
P. 5-10  
P. 5-11  
P. 5-12  
P. 5-13  
2
PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-  
ing the registration sensor): The paper does not  
reach the registration sensor after it has passed the  
upper drawer feed sensor.  
PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-  
ing the upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does  
not reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has  
passed the lower drawer feed sensor.  
PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-  
ing the lower drawer feed sensor): The paper does  
not reach the lower drawer feed sensor after it has  
passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor.  
PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-  
ing the registration sensor): The paper does not  
reach the registration sensor after it has passed the  
upper drawer feed sensor.  
PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-  
ing the upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does  
not reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has  
passed the lower drawer feed sensor.  
PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-  
ing the lower drawer feed sensor): The paper does  
not reach the lower drawer feed sensor after it has  
passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor.  
PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-  
ing the PFP upper drawer feed sensor): The paper  
does not reach the PFP upper drawer feed sensor  
after it has passed the PFP lower drawer feed sen-  
sor.  
E400  
E410  
E420  
E430  
E440  
E450  
E480  
E510  
Cover open jam  
Cover open jam  
Jam access cover open jam: The jam access cover  
has opened during printing.  
P. 5-20  
P. 5-20  
P. 5-21  
P. 5-21  
P. 5-22  
P. 5-22  
P. 5-23  
P. 5-14  
Front cover open jam: The front cover has opened  
during printing.  
PFP side cover open jam: The PFP side cover has  
opened during printing.  
ADU open jam: The ADU has opened during print-  
ing.  
Side cover open jam: The side cover has opened  
during printing.  
LCF side cover open jam: The LCF side cover has  
opened during printing.  
Bridge unit open jam: The bridge unit has opened  
during printing.  
Paper transport jam  
(ADU section)  
Jam not reaching the ADU entrance sensor: The  
paper does not reach the ADU entrance sensor  
after it is switchbacked in the exit section.  
E520  
Stop jam in the ADU: The paper does not reach the  
ADU exit sensor after it has passed the ADU  
entrance sensor.  
P. 5-15  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 3  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
E550  
Other paper jam  
Paper remaining jam on the transport path: The  
paper is remaining on the transport path when print-  
ing is finished (caused by a multiple paper feeding).  
P. 5-19  
E712  
E713  
RADF jam  
Jam not reaching the original registration sensor:  
The original fed from the original feeding tray does  
not reach the original registration sensor.  
P. 5-24  
P. 5-24  
Cover open jam in the read ready status: Jam  
caused by opening of the RADF jam access cover  
or front cover while the RADF is waiting for the  
scanning start signal from the equipment.  
E714  
E721  
Feed signal reception jam: The feed signal is  
received even no original exists on the original  
feeding tray.  
P. 5-25  
P. 5-25  
Jam not reaching the read sensor: The original  
does not reach the read sensor after it has passed  
the registration sensor (when scanning obverse  
side) or the reverse sensor (when scanning reverse  
side).  
E722  
E724  
Jam not reaching the original exit/reverse sensor  
(during scanning): The original which passed the  
read sensor does not reach the original exit/reverse  
sensor when it is transported from the scanning  
section to exit section.  
P. 5-26  
P. 5-26  
Stop jam at the original registration sensor: The  
trailing edge of the original does not pass the origi-  
nal registration sensor after its leading edge has  
reached this sensor.  
E725  
E731  
Stop jam at the read sensor: The trailing edge of the  
original does not pass the read sensor after its lead-  
ing edge has reached this sensor.  
P. 5-27  
P. 5-27  
Stop jam at the original exit/reverse sensor: The  
trailing edge of the original does not pass the origi-  
nal exit/reverse sensor after its leading edge has  
reached this sensor.  
E860  
E870  
E910  
RADF jam access cover open: The RADF jam  
access cover has opened during RADF operation.  
P. 5-27  
P. 5-28  
P. 5-29  
RADF open jam: RADF has opened during RADF  
operation.  
Finisher jam  
(Bridge unit)  
Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 1: The  
paper does not reach the bridge unit transport sen-  
sor 1 after it has passed the exit sensor.  
E920  
E930  
E940  
E9F0  
Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 1: The  
trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge  
unit transport sensor 1 after its leading edge has  
reached the sensor.  
P. 5-29  
P. 5-29  
P. 5-29  
P. 5-46  
Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 2: The trail-  
ing edge of the paper does not reach the bridge unit  
transport sensor 2 after its leading edge has  
reached the bridge unit transport sensor 1.  
Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 2: The  
trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge  
unit transport sensor 2 after its leading edge has  
reached the bridge unit transport sensor 2.  
Finisher jam  
(Punch unit)  
Punching jam: Punching is not performed properly.  
[MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]  
[MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 4  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Error code  
Classification  
Finisher jam  
(Finisher section)  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
EA10  
Paper transport delay jam: The paper which has  
passed the bridge  
P. 5-30  
unit does not reach the inlet sensor. [MJ-1022/  
1023/1024/1101]  
EA20  
Paper transport stop jam:  
(1) The paper does not pass through the inlet sen-  
sor.  
P. 5-32  
[MJ-1022/1023/1024]  
2
(2) The paper has passed through the inlet sensor  
but does not reach or pass the feed path sensor  
or processing tray sensor.  
[MJ-1023/1024]  
(3) The paper which has passed through the inlet  
sensor does not reach the transport sensor.  
[MJ-1101]  
EA21  
EA30  
Paper size error jam: Paper does not reach the sen-  
sor because the paper is shorter than spec. [MJ-  
1101]  
P. 5-33  
P. 5-34  
Power-ON jam:  
(1) Paper exists at the inlet sensor when power is  
turned ON.  
[MJ-1022/1023/1024]  
(2) Paper exists at the feed path sensor or pro-  
cessing tray sensor when power is turned ON.  
[MJ-1023/1024]  
EA31  
EA32  
EA40  
Transport path paper remaining jam: The paper  
which has passed through the inlet sensor does not  
reach the transport sensor. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-35  
P. 5-35  
P. 5-36  
Exit paper remaining jam: The paper is remaining  
on the finishing tray when the power is turned ON.  
[MJ-1101]  
Finisher jam  
(Finisher section)  
Door open jam:  
1) The finisher has been released from the equip-  
ment during printing. [MJ-1022]  
2) The upper/front cover of the finisher section or  
the upper/ front door of the puncher section has  
opened during printing. [MJ-1023/1024]  
3) The front cover or stationary tray cover is  
opened during paper transport. [MJ-1101]  
EA50  
EA60  
Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly.  
[MJ-1022/1023/1024/1101]  
P. 5-38  
P. 5-40  
Early arrival jam: The inlet sensor detects the paper  
earlier than a specified timing. [MJ-1022/1023/  
1024/1101]  
EA70  
Stack delivery jam: It cannot deliver the stack of  
paper on the intermediary process tray to the stack  
tray. [MJ-1022]  
P. 5-41  
Stack exit belt home position error: The stack exit  
belt is not at the home position. [MJ-1101]  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 5  
06/08  
Error code  
Classification  
Finisher jam  
(Saddle stitcher sec-  
tion)  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
EA80  
Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly.  
[MJ-1024]  
P. 5-43  
EA90  
EAA0  
Door open jam: The delivery cover or inlet cover  
has opened dur-ing printing [MJ-1024].  
P. 5-43  
P. 5-44  
Power-ON jam: Paper exists at No.1 paper sensor,  
No. 2 paper sensor, No.3 paper sensor, vertical  
path paper sensor or delivery sensor when power is  
turned ON. [MJ-1024]  
EAB0  
Transport stop jam: The paper which passed  
through the inlet sensor does not reach or pass  
No.1 paper sensor, No. 2 paper sensor, No.3 paper  
sensor or delivery sensor. [MJ-1024]  
P. 5-44  
EAC0  
EAD0  
Transport delay jam: The paper which has reached  
the inlet sensor does not pass through the inlet sen-  
sor. [MJ-1024]  
P. 5-45  
P. 5-47  
Other paper jam  
Finisher jam  
Print end command time-out jam: The printing has  
not finished normally because of the communica-  
tion error between the SYS board and LGC board  
at the end of printing.  
EAE0  
Receiving time time-out jam: The printing has been  
interrupted because of the communication error  
between the equipment and finisher when the  
paper is transported from the equipment to the fin-  
isher.  
P. 5-47  
EAF0  
EB30  
Finisher jam  
(Finisher section)  
Stack return jam: It cannot load the paper which  
passed through the delivery roller on the intermedi-  
ary process tray. [MJ-1022]  
P. 5-42  
P. 5-47  
Finisher jam  
Ready time time-out jam: The equipment judges  
that the paper transport to the finisher is disabled  
because of the communication error between the  
equipment and finisher at the start of printing.  
EB50  
EB60  
Paper transport jam  
Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple  
feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding  
of upcoming paper.  
P. 5-16  
P. 5-17  
Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple  
feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding  
of upcoming paper (redetection after no jam is  
detected at [EB50]).  
ED10  
ED11  
Finisher jam  
Sideways adjustment motor (M2) home position  
detection error: The Sideways adjustment motor is  
not at the home position. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101  
is installed)]  
P. 5-48  
P. 5-48  
Skew adjustment motor (M1) home position detec-  
tion abnormality: The Skew adjustment motor is not  
at the home position. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is  
installed)]  
ED12  
ED13  
Shutter home position error: The shutter is not at  
the home position. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-49  
P. 5-49  
Front alignment plate home position error: The front  
alignment plate is not at the home position. [MJ-  
1101]  
ED14  
Rear alignment plate home position error: The rear  
alignment plate is not at the home position. [MJ-  
1101]  
P. 5-50  
ED15  
ED16  
Paddle home position error: The paddle is not at the  
home position. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-50  
P. 5-51  
Buffer tray home position error: The buffer tray is  
not at the home position. [MJ-1101]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 6  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
2.1.2  
Service call  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
C010  
Drive system related  
service call  
Main motor abnormality: The main motor is not  
rotating normally.  
P. 5-52  
C020  
C030  
C040  
Developer motor abnormality: The developer motor  
is not rotating normally.  
P. 5-52  
P. 5-52  
P. 5-53  
2
Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor is  
not rotating normally.  
Paper feeding system PFP motor abnormality: The PFP motor is not rotat-  
related service call  
ing normally. (the case that paper can be fed from  
any drawer except the PFP)  
C130  
Upper drawer tray abnormality: The upper drawer  
tray-up motor is not rotating or the upper drawer  
tray is not moving normally. (the case that paper  
can be fed from any drawer except the upper  
drawer)  
P. 5-54  
C140  
C150  
Lower drawer tray abnormality: The lower drawer  
tray-up motor is not rotating or the lower drawer tray  
is not moving normally. (the case that paper can be  
fed from any drawer except the lower drawer)  
P. 5-54  
P. 5-55  
PFP upper drawer tray abnormality: The PFP upper  
drawer tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP  
upper drawer tray is not moving normally. (the case  
that paper can be fed from any drawer except the  
PFP upper drawer)  
C160  
PFP lower drawer tray abnormality: The PFP lower  
drawer tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP  
lower drawer tray is not moving normally. (the case  
that paper can be fed from any drawer except the  
PFP lower drawer)  
P. 5-55  
C180  
C1A0  
LCF tray-up motor abnormality: The LCF tray-up  
motor is not rotating or the LCF tray is not moving  
normally. (the case that paper can be fed from any  
drawer except the LCF)  
P. 5-56  
P. 5-57  
LCF end fence motor abnormality: The LCF end  
fence motor is not rotating or the LCF end fence is  
not moving normally. (the case that paper can be  
fed from any drawer except the LCF)  
C1B0  
C260  
C270  
C280  
LCF transport motor abnormality: The LCF trans-  
port motor is not rotating normally. (the case that  
paper can be fed from any drawer except the LCF)  
P. 5-58  
P. 5-59  
P. 5-59  
P. 5-59  
Scanning system  
related service call  
Peak detection error: Lighting of the exposure lamp  
(white reference) is not detected when power is  
turned ON.  
Carriage home position sensor not turning OFF  
within a specified period of time: The carriage does  
not shift from its home position in a specified time.  
Carriage home position sensor not turning ON  
within a specified period of time: The carriage does  
not reach to its home position in a specified period  
of time.  
C360  
Copy process related  
service call  
Charger cleaner motor abnormality: Charger  
cleaner motor is not rotating or wire cleaner is not  
moving normally.  
P. 5-89  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 7  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
C411  
Fuser unit related ser- Thermistor or heater abnormality at power-ON:  
P. 5-60  
vice call  
Abnormality of the thermistor is detected when  
power is turned ON or the temperature of the fuser  
roller does not rise in a specified period of time after  
power is turned ON.  
C412  
Thermistor/heater abnormality at power-ON: Ther-  
mistor abnormality is detected at power-ON or the  
fuser roller temperature does not rise within a spec-  
ified period of time after power-ON.  
P. 5-60  
C443  
C445  
C446  
C447  
C449  
C471  
Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment (not  
reaching to intermediate temperature)  
P. 5-61  
P. 5-61  
P. 5-61  
P. 5-61  
P. 5-61  
P. 5-61  
Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment  
(pre-running end temperature abnormality)  
Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment  
(pre-running end temperature abnormality)  
Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment  
(temperature abnormality at ready status)  
Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment  
(overheating)  
IH power voltage abnormality or IH initial abnormal-  
ity  
(IH board initial abnormality)  
C472  
C475  
C480  
C490  
IH power voltage abnormality (power supply abnor-  
mality)  
P. 5-61  
P. 5-61  
P. 5-61  
P. 5-62  
IH power voltage abnormality (power supply abnor-  
mality when door is opened)  
Overheating of IGBT: The temperature of the IGBT  
rises abnormally.  
IH control circuit or IH coil abnormality: Abnormality  
is detected in IH control circuit or IH coil is broken/  
shorted.  
C4B0  
C550  
Fuser unit counter abnormality  
P. 5-62  
P. 5-63  
Optional communica-  
RADF I/F error: Communication error has occurred  
tion related service call between the RADF and the scanner.  
C570  
C580  
C900  
Communication error between Engine-CPU and  
IPC board  
P. 5-63  
P. 5-63  
P. 5-64  
Communication error between IPC board and fin-  
isher  
Circuit related service Connection error between SYS board and LGC  
call  
board  
C940  
C950  
C960  
Engine-CPU abnormality  
LGC board memory abnormality  
P. 5-64  
P. 5-64  
P. 5-64  
Connection error between LGC board and DRV  
board, ID abnormality  
C970  
C9E0  
CA10  
CA20  
Process related ser-  
vice call  
High-voltage transformer abnormality: Leakage of  
the main charger is detected.  
P. 5-89  
P. 5-65  
P. 5-66  
P. 5-66  
Circuit related service Connection error between SLG board and SYS  
call  
board, ID abnormality  
Laser optical unit  
related service call  
Polygonal motor abnormality: The polygonal motor  
is not rotating normally.  
H-Sync detection error: H-Sync signal detection PC  
board cannot detect laser beams.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 8  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
CB10  
Finisher related  
service call  
Entrance motor abnormality: The entrance motor is  
not rotating normally. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-67  
CB11  
CB12  
Buffer tray guide motor abnormality: The buffer tray  
guide motor is not rotating or the buffer tray guide is  
not moving normally. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-67  
P. 5-67  
Buffer roller drive motor abnormality: The buffer  
roller drive motor is not rotating or the buffer roller is  
not moving normally. [MJ-1101]  
2
CB20  
CB30  
Delivery motor abnormality: Delivery motor or deliv-  
ery roller is not rotating normally. [MJ-1022]  
P. 5-68  
P. 5-68  
Tray 1/Tray 2 shift motor abnormality: Tray 1/Tray 2  
shift motor is not rotating or delivery tray is not mov-  
ing normally. [MJ-1023/1024]  
Movable tray shift motor abnormality: The movable  
tray shift motor is not rotating or the movable tray is  
not moving normally. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-68  
P. 5-69  
P. 5-69  
P. 5-69  
P. 5-70  
CB31  
CB40  
Movable tray paper-full detection error: The actua-  
tor of the movable tray paper-full detection sensor  
does not move smoothly. [MJ-1101]  
Rear aligning plate motor abnormality: Rear align-  
ing plate motor is not rotating or aligning plate is not  
moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]  
Front alignment motor abnormality: The front align-  
ment motor is not rotating or the front alignment  
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]  
CB50  
Staple motor abnormality: Staple motor is not rotat-  
ing or stapler is not moving normally. [MJ-1022/  
1023/1024]  
Stapler home position error: The stapler home posi-  
tion sensor does not work. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-70  
P. 5-70  
P. 5-71  
CB51  
CB60  
Stapler shift home position error: The stapler is not  
at the home position. [MJ-1101]  
Stapler shift motor abnormality: Stapler shift motor  
is not rotating or staple unit is not moving normally.  
[MJ-1023/1024/1101]  
CB80  
Backup RAM data abnormality:  
P. 5-71  
1) Abnormality of checksum value on finisher con-  
troller PC board is detected when the power is  
turned ON. [MJ-1023/1024]  
2) Abnormality of checksum value on punch con-  
troller PC board is detected when the power is  
turned ON. [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is  
installed)]  
RAM abnormality: Abnormality of checksum value  
on finisher controller PC board is detected when the  
power is turned on. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-71  
P. 5-72  
P. 5-72  
P. 5-72  
P. 5-72  
CB81  
CB90  
CBA0  
CBB0  
Flash ROM abnormality: Abnormality of checksum  
value on finisher controller PC board is detected  
when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101]  
Paper pushing plate motor abnormality: Paper  
pushing plate motor is not rotating or paper pushing  
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]  
Stitch motor (front) abnormality: Stitch motor (front)  
is not rotating or rotary cam is not moving normally.  
[MJ-1024]  
Stitch motor (rear) abnormality: Stitch motor (rear)  
is not rotating or rotary cam is not moving normally.  
[MJ-1024]  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 9  
06/08  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
CBC0  
Finisher related  
service call  
Alignment motor abnormality: Alignment motor is  
not rotating or aligning plate is not moving normally.  
[MJ-1024]  
P. 5-72  
CBD0  
CBE0  
Guide motor abnormality: Guide motor is not rotat-  
ing or guide is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]  
P. 5-73  
P. 5-73  
Paper folding motor abnormality: Paper folding  
motor or paper folding roller is not rotating normally.  
[MJ-1024]  
CBF0  
CC00  
Paper positioning plate motor abnormality: Paper  
positioning plate motor is not rotating or paper posi-  
tioning plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]  
P. 5-73  
P. 5-74  
Sensor connector abnormality: Connector of guide  
home position sensor, paper pushing plate home  
position sensor or paper pushing plate top position  
sensor is disconnected. [MJ-1024]  
CC10  
CC20  
Micro switch abnormality: With all covers closed,  
inlet door switch, delivery door switch or front cover  
switch is open. [MJ-1024]  
P. 5-74  
P. 5-74  
Communication error between finisher and saddle  
stitcher: Communication error between finisher con-  
troller PC board and saddle stitcher controller board  
[MJ-1023/1024]  
CC30  
Stack processing motor abnormality: The stack pro-  
cessing motor is not rotating or the stack delivery  
belt is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]  
P. 5-75  
P. 5-76  
P. 5-76  
P. 5-76  
P. 5-77  
P. 5-77  
Stack transport motor abnormality: The stack trans-  
port motor is not rotating or the stack transport belt  
is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]  
CC31  
CC40  
CC41  
CC50  
Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor is  
not rotating or the stack transport roller -1 and -2 is  
not rotating normally. [MJ-1101]  
Swing motor abnormality: Swing motor is not rotat-  
ing or swing unit is not moving normally. [MJ-1023/  
1024]  
Paper holder cam home position abnormality: The  
paper holder cam is not at the home position. [MJ-  
1101]  
Horizontal registration motor abnormality: Horizon-  
tal registration motor is not rotating or puncher is  
not shifting normally. [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-  
6004 is installed)]  
CC51  
CC52  
Sideways adjustment motor (M2) abnormality:  
Sideways adjustment motor is not rotating or  
puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when  
MJ-6101 is installed)  
P. 5-77  
P. 5-78  
Skew adjustment motor (M1) abnormality: Skew  
adjustment motor is not rotating or puncher is not  
shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is  
installed)]  
CC60  
CC61  
Punch motor abnormality: Punch motor is not rotat-  
ing or puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1023/  
1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]  
P. 5-78  
P. 5-79  
Punch motor (M3) home position detection error:  
Punch motor is not rotating or puncher is not shift-  
ing normally. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 10  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
CC71  
Finisher related  
service call  
Punch ROM checksum error: Abnormality of check-  
sum value on Hole punch controller PC board is  
detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101  
(when MJ-6101 is installed)]  
P. 5-79  
CC72  
CC80  
Punch RAM read/write error: Abnormality of check-  
sum value on Hole punch controller PC board is  
detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101  
(when MJ-6101 is installed)]  
P. 5-79  
P. 5-80  
2
Front alignment motor abnormality: Front alignment  
motor is not rotating or front aligning plate is not  
moving normally. [MJ-1022]  
Front aligning plate motor abnormality: Front align-  
ing plate motor is not rotating or aligning plate is not  
moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]  
Rear alignment motor abnormality: The rear align-  
ment motor is not rotating or the rear alignment  
plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]  
P. 5-80  
P. 5-81  
P. 5-82  
P. 5-82  
P. 5-83  
P. 5-83  
CC90  
CCA0  
CCB0  
CCD0  
CCE0  
Upper stack tray lift motor abnormality: The upper  
stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the upper stack  
tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]  
Lower stack tray lift motor abnormality: The lower  
stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the lower stack  
tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]  
Rear jogging motor abnormality: The rear jogging  
motor is not rotating or the rear jogging plate is not  
moving normally. [MJ-1022]  
Stack ejection motor abnormality: Stack ejection  
motor or stack ejection roller is not rotating nor-  
mally. [MJ-1023/1024]  
Paper trailing edge assist motor abnormality: Paper  
trailing edge assist motor is not rotating or paper  
trailing edge assist is not moving normally. [MJ-  
1023/1024]  
CCF0  
CDE0  
Gear changing motor abnormality: Gear changing  
motor is not rotating normally. [MJ-1023/1024]  
P. 5-83  
P. 5-84  
Paddle motor abnormality: The paddle motor is not  
rotating or the paddle is not rotating normally. [MJ-  
1101]  
CE00  
Communication error between finisher and punch  
unit: Communication error between finisher control-  
ler PC board and punch controller PC board [MJ-  
1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]  
P. 5-84  
[MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]  
CE10  
CE20  
Image control related  
service call  
Image quality sensor abnormality (OFF level): The  
output value of this sensor is out of a specified  
range when sensor light source is OFF.  
P. 5-85  
P. 5-86  
Image quality sensor abnormality (no pattern level):  
The output value of this sensor is out of a specified  
range when the image quality control test pattern is  
not formed.  
CE40  
CE50  
CE90  
Image quality control test pattern abnormality: The  
test pattern is not formed normally.  
P. 5-87  
P. 5-88  
P. 5-88  
Temperature/humidity sensor abnormality: The out-  
put value of this sensor is out of a specified range.  
Drum thermistor abnormality: The output value of  
the drum thermistor is out of a specified range.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 11  
06/08  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
CEA0  
Copy process related  
service call  
Revolver home position detection abnormality: It  
cannot detect that the revolver is at its home posi-  
tion.  
P. 5-89  
CEB0  
CEC0  
CEE0  
CEE1  
Black developer unit lifting movement abnormality:  
The black developer unit does not move up or down  
normally (lifting cam does not operate normally).  
P. 5-90  
P. 5-91  
P. 5-92  
P. 5-92  
Copy process related  
service call  
2nd transfer roller position detection abnormality:  
The 2nd transfer roller does not contact/release  
normally.  
Transfer belt position detection abnormality (normal  
speed): The home position of the transfer belt can-  
not be detected.  
Transfer belt position detection abnormality (when  
decelerating): Reference position of the transfer  
belt cannot be detected.  
CEF0  
CF20  
Revolver motor abnormality: Revolver motor is not  
rotating or revolver is not moving normally.  
P. 5-92  
P. 5-93  
Toner density control  
related service call  
Toner density detection voltage abnormality: The  
output value of the color auto-toner sensor in print-  
ing is out of a specified range.  
CF30  
CF40  
Reference plate detection voltage abnormality: The  
output value of the color auto-toner sensor against  
the reference plate is out of a specified range at the  
light amount correction during an auto-toner adjust-  
ment or when a print job has finished.  
P. 5-94  
P. 5-95  
Light amount correction voltage abnormality: The  
light amount correction is not finished normally dur-  
ing an auto-toner adjustment or when a print job  
has finished, or the output value of the sensor is out  
of a specified range when the light amount correc-  
tion has finished.  
CF50  
F070  
Color auto-toner sensor abnormality: The connec-  
tion of the color auto-toner sensor cannot be  
detected at the initialization, or the output value of  
color auto-toner sensor when the revolver starts  
rotating for initialization is out of a specified range.  
P. 5-96  
P. 5-63  
Communication  
related service call  
Communication error between System-CPU and  
Engine-CPU  
F090  
F091  
F092  
F100  
Circuit related service SRAM abnormality on the SYS board  
P. 5-65  
P. 5-65  
P. 5-65  
P. 5-97  
call  
NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board  
SRAM and NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board  
Other service call  
HDD format error: HDD cannot be initialized nor-  
mally.  
F101  
HDD unmounted: Connection of HDD cannot be  
detected.  
P. 5-97  
F102  
F103  
HDD start error: HDD cannot become Readystate.  
P. 5-97  
P. 5-97  
HDD transfer time-out: Reading/writing cannot be  
performed in the specified period of time.  
F104  
HDD data error: Abnormality is detected in the data  
of HDD.  
P. 5-97  
F105  
F106  
F107  
F108  
HDD other error  
P. 5-97  
P. 5-97  
P. 5-97  
P. 5-97  
Point and Print partition damage  
/BOX partition damage  
/SHA partition damage  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 12  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Error code  
Classification  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
F110  
Communication  
related service call  
Communication error between System-CPU and  
Scanner-CPU  
P. 5-63  
F111  
F120  
Scanner response abnormality  
P. 5-63  
P. 5-97  
Other service call  
Database abnormality: Database is not operating  
normally.  
F130  
F200  
F350  
Invalid MAC address  
P. 5-97  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-65  
Data overwrite kit (GP-1060) is taken off  
2
Circuit related service SLG board abnormality  
call  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 13  
05/11  
2.1.3  
Error in Internet FAX / Scanning Function  
1) Internet FAX related error  
Error code  
Classification  
Troubleshooting  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-98  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-100  
P. 5-100  
P. 5-99  
P. 5-100  
P. 5-100  
P. 5-100  
P. 5-100  
P. 5-100  
P. 5-100  
-
1C10  
1C11  
1C12  
1C13  
1C14  
1C15  
1C20  
1C21  
1C22  
1C30  
1C31  
1C32  
1C33  
1C40  
1C60  
1C61  
1C62  
1C63  
1C64  
1C65  
1C66  
1C67  
1C68  
1C69  
1C6A  
1C6B  
1C6C  
1C6D  
1C70  
1C71  
1C72  
1C80  
1C81  
1C82  
1CC0  
1CC1  
System access abnormality  
Insufficient memory  
Message reception error  
Message transmission error  
Invalid parameter  
Exceeding file capacity  
System management module access abnormality  
Job control module access abnormality  
Job control module access abnormality  
Directory creation failure  
File creation failure  
File deletion failure  
File access failure  
Image conversion abnormality  
HDD full failure during processing  
Address Book reading failure  
Memory acquiring failure  
Terminal IP address unset  
Terminal mail address unset  
SMTP address unset  
Server time time-out error  
NIC time time-out error  
NIC access error  
SMTP server connection error  
HOST NAME error  
Terminal mail address error  
Destination mail address error  
System error  
SMTP client OFF  
SMTP authentication error  
POP before SMTP error  
Internet FAX transmission failure when processing E-mail job received  
Onramp Gateway transmission failure  
Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received  
Job canceling  
Power failure  
P. 5-100  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 14  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
2) RFC related error  
Message displayed in  
the TopAccess screen  
Error code  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
2500  
Syntax error, command unrecog-  
nized  
HOST NAME error(RFC: 500)  
Destination mail address error  
(RFC: 500)  
P. 5-101  
Terminal mail address error  
(RFC: 500)  
2501  
Syntax error in parameters or argu-  
ments  
HOST NAME error(RFC: 501)  
Destination mail address error  
(RFC: 501)  
P. 5-101  
2
Terminal mail address error  
(RFC: 501)  
2503  
2504  
2550  
2551  
2552  
Bad sequence of commands  
Destination mail address error  
(RFC: 503)  
P. 5-101  
P. 5-101  
P. 5-101  
P. 5-101  
P. 5-101  
Command parameter not imple-  
mented  
HOST NAME error  
(RFC: 504)  
Mailbox unavailable  
Destination mail address error  
(RFC: 550)  
User not local  
Destination mail address error  
(RFC: 551)  
Insufficient system storage  
Terminal/Destination mail address  
error  
(RFC: 552)  
2553  
Mailbox name not allowed  
Destination mail address error  
(RFC: 553)  
P. 5-101  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 15  
3) Electronic Filing related error  
Message displayed in  
the TopAccess screen  
Error code  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
2B10  
There was no applicable job.  
No applicable job error in job control  
module  
P. 5-102  
2B11  
2B20  
2B30  
Job status failed.  
JOB status abnormality  
File library function error  
P. 5-102  
P. 5-102  
P. 5-102  
Failed to access file.  
Insufficient disk space.  
Insufficient disk space in /BOX parti-  
tion  
2B31  
2B32  
Failed to access Electronic Filing.  
Status of specified Electronic Filing  
or folder is undefined or being cre-  
ated/deleted  
P. 5-102  
P. 5-102  
Failed to print Electronic Filing docu- Electronic Filing printing failure:  
ment.  
Specified document can not be  
printed because of clients access  
(being edited, etc.).  
2B50  
2B51  
2B71  
Failed to process image.  
Image library error  
List library error  
P. 5-102  
P. 5-102  
-
Failed to process print image.  
Document(s) expire(s) in a few days Documents expiring in a few days  
exist  
2B80  
Hard Disk space for Electronic Filing Hard disk space in /BOX partition is  
-
nearly full.  
nearly full (90%).  
2B90  
2BA0  
2BB0  
2BB1  
2BC0  
2BC1  
Insufficient Memory.  
Invalid Box password specified.  
Job canceled  
Insufficient memory capacity  
Invalid Box password  
Job canceling  
P. 5-102  
P. 5-102  
-
Power failure occurred  
System fatal error.  
Power failure  
P. 5-102  
P. 5-102  
P. 5-102  
Fatal failure occurred  
Failed to acquire resource.  
System management module  
resource acquiring failure  
2BD0  
Power failure occurred during e-Fil-  
ing restoring.  
Power failure occurred during restor-  
ing of Electronic Filing  
P. 5-102  
2BE0  
2BF0  
Failed to get machine parameter.  
Machine parameter reading failure  
P. 5-103  
P. 5-103  
Maximum number of page range is  
reached.  
Exceeding maximum number of  
pages  
2BF1  
2BF2  
Maximum number of document  
range is reached.  
Exceeding maximum number of doc-  
uments  
P. 5-103  
P. 5-103  
Maximum number of folder range is  
reached.  
Exceeding maximum number of fold-  
ers  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 16  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
4) E-mail related error  
Message displayed in  
the TopAccess screen  
Illegal Job status  
Error code  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
2C10  
2C11  
2C12  
2C13  
2C14  
2C15  
System access abnormality  
Insufficient memory  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
Not enough memory  
Illegal Job status  
Message reception error  
Message transmission error  
Invalid parameter  
Illegal Job status  
Invalid parameter specified  
2
Message size exceeded limit or max- Exceeding file capacity  
imum size  
2C20  
2C21  
2C22  
Illegal Job status  
Illegal Job status  
Illegal Job status  
System management module access  
abnormality  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
Job control module access abnor-  
mality  
Job control module access abnor-  
mality  
2C30  
2C31  
2C32  
2C33  
2C40  
2C60  
Failed to create directory  
Failed to create file  
Directory creation failure  
File creation failure  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
Failed to delete file  
File deletion failure  
Failed to create file  
File access failure  
Failed to convert image file format  
Image conversion abnormality  
HDD full failure during processing  
Failed to process your Job. Insuffi-  
cient disk space.  
2C61  
2C62  
2C63  
2C64  
2C65  
2C66  
2C67  
2C68  
2C69  
2C6A  
2C6B  
Failed to read AddressBook  
Not enough memory  
Address Book reading failure  
Memory acquiring failure  
Terminal IP address unset  
Terminal mail address unset  
SMTP address unset  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-104  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
Invalid Domain Address  
Invalid Domain Address  
Failed to connect to SMTP server  
Failed to connect to SMTP server  
Failed to send E-Mail message  
Failed to send E-Mail message  
Failed to connect to SMTP server  
Failed to send E-Mail message  
Server time time-out error  
NIC time time-out error  
NIC access error  
SMTP server connection error  
HOST NAME error (No RFC error)  
Terminal mail address error  
Invalid address specified in From:  
field  
2C6C  
Invalid address specified in To: field  
Destination mail address error (No  
RFC error)  
P. 5-105  
2C6D  
2C70  
2C71  
2C72  
NIC system error  
System error  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
P. 5-105  
SMTP service is not available  
Failed SMTP Authentication  
SMTP client OFF  
SMTP authentication error  
POP before SMTP error  
POP Before SMTP Authentication  
Failed  
2C80  
Failed to process received E-mail job E-mail transmission failure when pro-  
cessing E-mail job received  
P. 5-105  
2C81  
2CC0  
2CC1  
Failed to process received Fax job  
Job canceled  
Process failure of FAX job received  
Job canceling  
P. 5-105  
-
Power failure occurred  
Power failure  
P. 5-106  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 17  
5) File sharing related error  
Message displayed in  
the TopAccess screen  
Illegal Job status  
Not enough memory  
Illegal Job status  
Illegal Job status  
Invalid parameter specified  
There are too many documents in the Exceeding document number  
Error code  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
2D10  
2D11  
2D12  
2D13  
2D14  
2D15  
System access abnormality  
Insufficient memory  
Message reception error  
Message transmission error  
Invalid parameter  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
folder. Failed in creating new docu-  
ment.  
2D20  
2D21  
2D22  
Illegal Job status  
Illegal Job status  
Illegal Job status  
System management module access  
abnormality  
Job control module access abnor-  
mality  
Job control module access abnor-  
mality  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
2D30  
2D31  
2D32  
2D33  
2D40  
2D60  
2D62  
Failed to create directory  
Failed to create file  
Failed to delete file  
Failed to create file  
Failed to convert image file format  
Failed to copy file  
Directory creation failure  
File creation failure  
File deletion failure  
File access failure  
Image conversion abnormality  
File library access abnormality  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
Failed to connect to network destina- File server connection error  
tion. Check destination path  
2D63  
2D64  
2D65  
Specified network path is invalid.  
Check destination path  
Logon to file server failed. Check  
username and password  
There are too many documents in the Exceeding documents in folder:  
folder. Failed in creating new docu-  
Invalid network path  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-108  
P. 5-108  
Login failure  
Creating new document is failed.  
ment.  
2D66  
Failed to process your Job. Insuffi-  
cient disk space.  
HDD full failure during processing  
P. 5-108  
2D67  
2D68  
2DA0  
FTP service is not available  
File Sharing service is not available  
Expired scan documents deleted  
from share folder.  
FTP service not available  
File sharing service not available  
Periodical deletion of scanned docu-  
ments completed properly.  
P. 5-108  
P. 5-108  
-
2DA1  
2DA2  
2DA3  
2DA4  
2DA5  
Expired Sent Fax documents deleted Periodical deletion of transmitted  
-
-
-
-
-
from shared folder.  
FAX documents completed properly.  
Expired Received Fax documents  
deleted from shared folder.  
Periodical deletion of received FAX  
documents completed properly.  
Scanned documents in shared folder Manual deletion of scanned docu-  
deleted upon users request. ments completed properly.  
Sent Fax Documents in shared folder Manual deletion of transmitted FAX  
deleted upon users request.  
documents completed properly.  
Received Fax Documents in shared  
folder deleted upon users request.  
Manual deletion of received FAX  
documents completed properly.  
2DA6  
2DA7  
2DC0  
2DC1  
Failed to delete file.  
Failed to acquire resource.  
Job canceled  
File deletion failure  
Resource acquiring failure  
Job canceling  
P. 5-107  
P. 5-107  
-
Power failure occurred  
Power failure  
P. 5-108  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 18  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
6) E-mail reception related error  
Message displayed in  
the TopAccess screen  
Error code  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
3A10  
MIME Error has been detected in the E-mail MIME error  
received mail.  
P. 5-109  
3A11  
3A12  
MIME Error has been detected in the  
received mail. This mail has been  
transferred to the administrator.  
MIME Error has been detected in the  
received mail. This mail could not be  
transferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
2
3A20  
3A21  
Analyze Error has been detected in  
the received mail.  
Analyze Error has been detected in  
the received mail. This mail has been  
transferred to the administrator.  
E-mail analysis error  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3A22  
Analyze Error has been detected in  
the received mail. This mail could not  
be transferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
3A30  
3A40  
3A50  
3A51  
Whole partial mails were not reached Partial mail time-out error  
by timeout.  
Partial Mail Error has been detected Partial mail related error  
in the received mail.  
HDD Full Error has been occurred in Insufficient HDD capacity error  
this mail.  
HDD Full Error has been occurred in  
this mail. This mail has been trans-  
ferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3A52  
HDD Full Error has been occurred in  
this mail. This mail could not be  
transferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
3A60  
3A61  
HDD Full Warning has been occurred Warning of insufficient HDD capacity  
in this mail.  
HDD Full Warning has been occurred  
in this mail. This mail could not be  
transferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3A62  
3A70  
HDD Full Warning has been occurred  
in this mail. This mail could not be  
transferred to the administrator.  
Receiving partial mail was aborted  
since the partial mail setting has  
been changed to Disable.  
Partial mail was received during the  
partial mail setting is disabled.  
Partial mail was received during the  
partial mail setting is disabled. This  
mail has been transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
Warning of partial mail interruption  
Partial mail reception setting OFF  
3A80  
3A81  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3A82  
Partial mail was received during the  
partial mail setting is disabled. This  
mail could not be transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-109  
3B10  
3B11  
Format Error has been detected in  
the received mail.  
Format Error has been detected in  
the received mail. This mail has been  
transferred to the administrator.  
E-mail format error  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3B12  
Format Error has been detected in  
the received mail. This mail could not  
be transferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 19  
Message displayed in  
the TopAccess screen  
Content-Type Error has been  
detected in the received mail.  
Error code  
Contents  
Content-Type error  
Troubleshooting  
3B20  
P. 5-109  
3B21  
3B22  
Content-Type Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail has been transferred to the  
administrator.  
Content-Type Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail could not be transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3B30  
3B31  
Charset Error has been detected in  
the received mail.  
Charset Error has been detected in  
the received mail. This mail has been  
transferred to the administrator.  
Charset error  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3B32  
Charset Error has been detected in  
the received mail. This mail could not  
be transferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
3B40  
3B41  
Decode Error has been detected in  
the received mail.  
Decode Error has been detected in  
the received mail. This mail has been  
transferred to the administrator.  
E-mail decode error  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3B42  
Decode Error has been detected in  
the received mail. This mail could not  
be transferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
3C10  
3C11  
Tiff Analyze Error has been detected TIFF analysis error  
in the received mail.  
Tiff Analyze Error has been detected  
in the received mail. This mail has  
been transferred to the administrator.  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
3C12  
Tiff Analyze Error has been detected  
in the received mail. This mail could  
not be transferred to the administra-  
tor.  
P. 5-109  
3C13  
3C20  
3C21  
Tiff Analyze Error has been detected  
in the received mail.  
Tiff Compression Error has been  
detected in the received mail.  
Tiff Compression Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail has been transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
P. 5-109  
E-mail format error  
3C22  
Tiff Compression Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail could not be transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-109  
3C30  
3C31  
Tiff Resolution Error has been  
detected in the received mail.  
Tiff Resolution Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail has been transferred to the  
administrator.  
Content-Type error  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
3C32  
Tiff Resolution Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail could not be transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-110  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 20  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Message displayed in  
the TopAccess screen  
Error code  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
3C40  
Tiff Paper Size Error has been  
detected in the received mail.  
Charset error  
P. 5-110  
3C41  
3C42  
Tiff Paper Size Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail has been transferred to the  
administrator.  
Tiff Paper Size Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail could not be transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
2
3C50  
3C51  
Offramp Destination Error has been  
detected in the received mail.  
Offramp Destination Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail has been transferred to the  
administrator.  
E-mail decode error  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
3C52  
Offramp Destination Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail could not be transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-110  
3C60  
3C61  
Offramp Security Error has been  
detected in the received mail.  
Offramp Security Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail has been transferred to the  
administrator.  
TIFF analysis error  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
3C62  
Offramp Security Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail could not be transferred to the  
administrator.  
P. 5-110  
3C70  
3D10  
Power Failure has been occurred in  
Email receiving.  
SMTP Destination Error has been  
detected in the received mail. This  
mail was deleted.  
Power failure error  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
Destination address error  
3D20  
Offramp Destination limitation Error  
has been detected in the received  
mail.  
Offramp destination limitation error  
P. 5-110  
3D30  
3E10  
3E20  
3E30  
3E40  
Fax Board Error has been occurred  
in the received mail.  
POP3 Connection Error has been  
occurred in the received mail.  
POP3 Connection Timeout Error has POP3 server connection time-out  
been occurred in the received mail. error  
POP3 Login Error has been occurred POP3 login error  
in the received mail.  
FAX board error  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
POP3 server connection error  
POP3 Login Error occurred in the  
received mail.  
POP3 login method error  
3F00  
3F10  
3F20  
3F30  
3F40  
File I/O Error has been occurred in  
this mail. The mail could not be  
received until File I/O is recovered.  
File I/O error  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
P. 5-110  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 21  
2.1.4  
Printer function error  
Following codes are displayed at the end of the user name on the print job log screen.  
Error code  
Contents  
Troubleshooting  
402F  
Page memory size error - 1200 dpi network print is performed by the equip-  
ment with 128 MB (standard) memory.  
P. 5-111  
4031  
4032  
4033  
HDD full during print - Large quantity image data by private print or invalid  
network print are saved in HDD.  
Private-print-only error: Jobs other than Private print jobs cannot be per-  
formed.  
Printing data storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the  
HDD temporarily (Proof print, Private print, Scheduled print, etc.) cannot be  
performed.  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
4034  
4035  
4036  
A221  
A222  
A290  
e-Filing storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the HDD  
(print and e-Filing, print to e-Filing, etc.) cannot be performed.  
Local file storing limitation error: Network FAX or Internet FAX cannot be sent  
when "Local" is selected for the destination of the file to save.  
User authentication error: The user who intended to print a document is not  
registered as a user.  
Print job cancellation - Print job (copy, list print, network print) is deleted from  
the print job screen.  
Print job power failure - The power of the equipment is turned OFF during  
print job (copy, list print, network print).  
Limit over error (Black): The numbers of output pages have exceeded those  
specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same  
time.  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
A291  
A292  
A2A0  
Limit over error (Black): The number of output pages has exceeded the one  
specified with the user code.  
Limit over error (Black): The number of output pages has exceeded the one  
specified with the department code.  
Limit over error (Color): The numbers of output pages have exceeded those  
specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same  
time.  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
A2A1  
A2A2  
Limit over error (Color): The number of output pages has exceeded the one  
specified with the user code.  
Limit over error (Color): The number of output pages has exceeded the one  
specified with the department code.  
P. 5-111  
P. 5-111  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 22  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
<<Error history>>  
In the setting mode (08-253), the latest twenty groups of error data will be displayed.  
Display example  
EA10  
99999999  
05 06 14 17 57 32  
064  
064  
23621000000  
ABCDEFHIJLO  
11 digits  
Error code  
4 digits  
Total counter YY MM DD HH MM SS  
MMM  
NNN  
3 digits  
8 digits  
12 digits (Year is indicated 3 digits  
with its last two digits.)  
2
A
B
Paper source  
0: Not selected 1: Bypass feed 2: LCF 3: Upper drawer 4: Lower drawer 5: PFP upper drawer  
6: PFP lower drawer 7: Unused 8: Unused  
Paper size code  
0: A5/ST 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT, 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5,  
A: FOLIO/COMP B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13"LG G: Unsed H: A6-R I: Post card J: 8.5"SQ  
K: A3-wide L: 305×457 mm M: 8K N: 16K-R O: 16K Z: Not selected  
C
Sort mode/staple mode  
0: Non-sort/Non-staple 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Front staple  
8: Double staple 9: Rear staple A: Saddle stitch  
D
E
F
ADF mode  
0: Unused 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED  
APS/AMS mode  
0: Not selected 1: APS 2: AMS  
Duplex mode  
0: Not selected 1: Book 2: Double-sided/Single-sided 4: Double-sided/Duplex copying  
8: Single-sided/Duplex copying  
G
H
Unused  
Image shift  
0: Unused 1: Book 2: Left 4: Right  
I
Editing  
0: Unused 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirror image 4: Unused  
J
Edge erase/Dual-page  
0: Unused 1: Edge erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge erase & Dual-page  
K
L
Unused  
Function  
0: Unused 1: Copying 2: FAX/Internet FAX transmission 3: FAX/Internet FAX/E-mail reception printing  
4: Unused 5: Printing/List print 6: Scan/E-mail transmission  
MMM  
NNN  
O
Primary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)  
(Mx256)+(Mx16)+M  
Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)  
(Nx256)+(Nx16)+N  
Color mode  
0: Auto color 1: Full color 2: Black 3: Unused 4: Twin color copy 5: Gray scale  
6: Unused 7: Image smoothing  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 23  
2.2 Self-diagnosis Modes  
Mode  
For start  
[0]+[1]+  
[POWER]  
Contents  
For exit  
Display  
Control panel  
check mode  
All LEDs on the control panel are lit, and all  
the LCD pixels blink.  
[POWER]  
OFF/ON  
-
Test mode  
[0]+[3]+  
[POWER]  
Checks the status of input/output signals.  
Outputs the test patterns.  
Adjusts various items.  
[POWER]  
OFF/ON  
100% C A4  
TEST MODE  
Test print mode [0]+[4]+  
[POWER]  
[POWER]  
OFF/ON  
100% P A4  
TEST PRINT  
Adjustment  
mode  
[0]+[5]+  
[POWER]  
[POWER]  
OFF/ON  
100% A A4  
TEST MODE  
Setting mode  
[0]+[8]+  
[POWER]  
Sets various items.  
[POWER]  
OFF/ON  
100% D  
TEST MODE  
List print mode [9]+[START]+ Prints out the data lists of the codes 05 and  
[POWER] 08, PM support mode and pixel counter.  
[POWER]  
OFF/ON  
100% UA A4  
LIST PRINT  
PM support  
mode  
[6]+[START]+ Clears each counter.  
[POWER]  
[POWER]  
OFF/ON  
100% K  
TEST MODE  
Firmware  
update mode  
[8]+[9]+  
[POWER]  
Performs updating of the system firmware.  
[POWER]  
OFF/ON  
-
Notes:  
1. To enter the desired mode, turn ON the power while two digital keys designated to each mode  
(e.g. [0] and [5]) are pressed simultaneously.  
2. When the optional FAX unit is installed, Faxes received automatically during the self-diagno-  
sis mode may not be printed out. Be sure to disconnect the modular code from the line con-  
nectors (LINE1, LINE2) of the equipment before starting the self-diagnosis mode. Also, be  
sure to finish the self-diagnosis mode by turning the power OFF and back ON before connect-  
ing the modular code.  
To exit from Adjustment mode and Setting mode:  
Shut down the equipment. When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equip-  
ment by pressing the [ENERGY SAVER] button for a few seconds.  
<Operation procedure>  
Control panel check mode (01):  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅðÃÅïà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÔÛÜ ´·¬ñ  
ÔÝÜ ¾´·²µ·²¹  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÞ«¬¬±² ½¸»½µ÷  
Notes:  
1. A mode can be canceled by [POWER] OFF/ON when the LED is lit and the LCD is blinking.  
2. Button Check  
Buttons with LED  
(Press to turn OFF the LED.)  
Buttons without LED  
Button on touch panel  
(Press to display the message on the control panel.)  
(Press to display the screen on the control panel at power-ON.)  
Test mode (03): Refer to 2.2.1. Input check (test mode 03)and 2.2.2. Output check (test mode  
03).  
Test print mode (04): Refer to 2.2.3. Test print mode (04).  
Adjustment mode (05): Refer to 2.2.4. Adjustment mode (05).  
Setting mode (08): Refer to 2.2.5. Setting mode (08).  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 24  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
List print mode (9S): The procedure varies depending on the code.  
ÅçÃÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
øݱ¼»÷  
ïðïæ ß¼¶«•¬³»²¬ ³±¼» øðë÷  
ïðîæ Í»¬¬·²¹ ³±¼» øðè÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§•Ã  
Õ»§ ·² ¬¸» º·®•¬  
½±¼» ¬± ¾» °®·²¬»¼  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§•Ã  
Õ»§ ·² ¬¸» ´¿•¬  
½±¼» ¬± ¾» °®·²¬»¼  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
Ô·•¬ •¬¿®¬• ¬±  
¾» °®·²¬»¼  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
øݱ¼»÷  
ïðíæ ÐÓ •«°°±®¬ ³±¼»  
ïðìæ ͬ±®»¼ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±º °·¨»´ ½±«²¬»® ø¬±²»® ½¿®¬®·¼¹» ®»º»®»²½»÷  
ïðëæ ͬ±®»¼ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±º °·¨»´ ½±«²¬»® ø•»®ª·½» ¬»½¸²·½·¿² ®»º»®»²½»÷  
ïðêæ Û®®±® ¸·•¬±®§ øÓ¿¨·³«³ ïððð ·¬»³•÷  
2
ïðéæ Û®®±® ¸·•¬±®§ øÔ¿¬»•¬ èð ·¬»³•÷  
PM support mode (6S):  
ÅêÃÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
øݱ¼»÷  
îæ ÐÓ Í«°°±®¬ ͽ®»»²  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÑ°»®¿¬·±² •¬¿®¬»¼÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
Firmware update mode (89): Refer to 6. FIRMWARE UPDATING.  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÒ  
Ò±®³¿´  
ÅðÃÅïà  
ÅðÃÅíà  
ÅðÃÅìà  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅçÃÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅêÃÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅèÃÅçà  
Ú·®³©¿®»  
«°¼¿¬» ³±¼»  
ß¼¶«•¬³»²¬  
³±¼»  
Ô·•¬ °®·²¬  
³±¼»  
ݱ²¬®±´ °¿²»´  
½¸»½µ ³±¼»  
Ì»•¬ °®·²¬  
³±¼»  
ÐÓ •«°°±®¬  
³±¼»  
Í»¬¬·²¹  
³±¼»  
Ì»•¬ ³±¼»  
É¿®³·²¹ «°  
λ¿¼§  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚ  
öï  
̱ «•»®  
ͬ¿¬» ¬®¿²•·¬·±² ¼·¿¹®¿³ ±º •»´ºó¼·¿¹²±•·• ³±¼»•  
Fig. 2-1  
*1 Turn OFF the power after using the self-diagnosis mode, and leave the equipment to the user.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 25  
2.2.1  
Input check (Test mode 03)  
The status of each input signal can be checked by pressing the [FAX] button, [COPY] button and  
the digital keys in the test mode (03).  
<Operation procedure>  
ÅÚßÈà  
±®  
ÅÝÑÐÇÃ  
ÅðÃÅíà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§•Ã  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øÔÝÜ ÑÒ÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
Note:  
Initialization is performed before the equipment enters the test mode.  
Fig. 2-2 Example of display during input check  
Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are  
listed in the following pages.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 26  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
[FAX] button: OFF/[COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: OFF/[COPY] LED: OFF)  
Contents  
Digital  
key  
Highlighted display  
Normal display  
e.g.  
Button  
Items to check  
e.g.  
A
B
C
D
E
F
Bypass unit connection  
Not connected  
Connected  
ADU connection  
Not connected  
Connected  
-
-
-
2
LCF connection  
Not connected  
Connected  
[1]  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
LCF drawer detection switch  
PFP upper drawer detection switch  
-
Drawer not installed Drawer present  
Drawer not installed Drawer present  
-
-
PFP upper drawer paper stock sensor  
PFP upper drawer feed sensor  
PFP connection  
Paper almost empty Paper present  
Paper present  
Not connected  
Cover opened  
No paper  
No paper  
[2]  
Connected  
Cover closed  
Paper present  
PFP side cover open/close switch  
PFP upper drawer empty sensor  
PFP upper drawer tray-up sensor  
G
H
Tray at upper limit  
position  
Other than upper  
limit position  
A
B
LCF tray bottom sensor  
Tray at bottom posi- Other than upper  
tion  
limit position  
LCF standby side paper misload detection sen- Properly loaded  
sor  
Paper misload  
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
[3]  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
-
Paper stock sensor at LCF feed side  
PFP lower drawer detection switch  
-
Paper present  
No paper  
Drawer not installed Drawer present  
-
-
PFP lower drawer paper stock sensor  
PFP lower drawer feed sensor  
Paper almost empty Paper present  
Paper present  
No paper  
PFP motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at  
output mode (03))  
Abnormal rotation  
Normal rotation  
[4]  
F
G
H
-
-
-
PFP lower drawer empty sensor  
PFP lower drawer tray-up sensor  
No paper  
Paper present  
Tray at upper limit  
position  
Other than upper  
limit position  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 27  
Contents  
Highlighted display  
Digital  
key  
Normal display  
e.g.  
Button  
Items to check  
e.g.  
A
B
LCF end fence home position sensor  
LCF end fence stop position sensor  
Fence home posi-  
tion  
Other than home  
position  
Fence stop position Other than stop  
position  
C
D
E
Empty sensor at LCF standby side  
LCF side cover open/close switch  
No paper  
Paper present  
Cover opened  
Normal rotation  
Cover closed  
Abnormal rotation  
[5]  
LCF motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at  
output mode (03))  
F
LCF tray-up sensor  
Tray at upper limit  
position  
Other than upper  
limit position  
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
LCF feed sensor  
No paper  
No paper  
Paper present  
Paper present  
Empty sensor at LCF feed side  
Lower drawer detection switch  
Upper drawer detection switch  
Lower drawer paper stock sensor  
Upper drawer paper stock sensor  
Lower drawer empty sensor  
Upper drawer empty sensor  
Lower drawer tray-up sensor  
Drawer not installed Drawer present  
Drawer not installed Drawer present  
Paper almost empty Paper present  
Paper almost empty Paper present  
No paper  
No paper  
Paper present  
Paper present  
[6]  
G
Tray at upper limit  
position  
Other than upper  
limit position  
H
Upper drawer tray-up sensor  
Tray at upper limit  
position  
Other than upper  
limit position  
A
B
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Side cover open/close switch  
Front cover opening/closing switch  
-
-
Cover opened  
Cover opened  
-
-
Cover closed  
Cover closed  
-
[7]  
G
H
A
Exit sensor  
Paper present  
Bit 1  
No paper  
Bit 0  
Bypass feed paper width sensor 3  
(Refer to table1)  
B
C
D
Bypass feed paper width sensor 2  
(Refer to table1)  
Bit 1  
Bit 1  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Bypass feed paper width sensor 1  
(Refer to table1)  
[8]  
Bypass feed paper width sensor 0  
(Refer to table1)  
E
F
Bypass sensor  
No paper  
Paper present  
ADU closed  
No paper  
ADU opening/closing switch  
ADU exit sensor  
ADU opened  
Paper present  
Paper present  
G
H
ADU entrance sensor  
No paper  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 28  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Contents  
Highlighted display  
e.g.  
Digital  
key  
Normal display  
e.g.  
Button  
Items to check  
A
B
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
[9]  
-
-
Key copy counter connection  
Not connected  
Connected  
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
[0]  
G
H
Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper width sensor and paper size (width).  
Bypass paper width sensor  
Paper width size  
3
0
1
1
1
0
1
2
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
A3/LD  
A4-R/LT-R  
A5-R/ST-R  
Card size  
B4-R/LG  
B5-R  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 29  
[FAX] button: ON/[COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: ON/[COPY] LED: OFF)  
Contents  
Digital  
key  
Highlighted display  
Normal display  
e.g.  
Button  
Items to check  
e.g.  
A
B
2nd transfer roller position detection sensor  
Released  
Contacted  
Black developer contact timing detection sensor Releasing move-  
ment  
Contacting move-  
ment  
C
D
E
F
Black developer contact position detection sen- Released position  
sor  
Contacted position  
Normal rotation  
Normal rotation  
Normal rotation  
Normal rotation  
Main motor rotation status  
Abnormal rotation  
Abnormal rotation  
Abnormal rotation  
Abnormal rotation  
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))  
[1]  
Developer motor rotation status  
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))  
Transport motor rotation status  
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))  
G
Polygonal motor rotation status  
(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))  
H
A
B
C
24V Power supply  
Power OFF  
Not connected  
Normally  
Power ON  
IPC board connection  
Connected  
Color toner cartridge sensor  
Revolver home position sensor  
Installation fault  
Home position  
Other than home  
position  
D
E
F
-
-
-
[2]  
-
-
-
Toner bag full detection sensor  
Toner bag full  
Not full  
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
Black auto-toner sensor connection  
Not connected  
Connected  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
[3]  
-
-
-
-
-
-
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
Lower drawer feed sensor  
No paper  
Paper present  
Upper drawer feed sensor  
Paper present  
No paper  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
[4]  
Bridge unit connection  
Not connected  
Connected  
Color auto-toner sensor connection  
Not connected  
Connected  
G
H
-
-
-
-
-
-
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 30  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Contents  
Highlighted display  
e.g.  
Digital  
key  
Normal display  
e.g.  
Button  
Items to check  
A
B
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
[5]  
-
RADF connection  
RADF connected  
Not connected  
G
H
Platen sensor  
Platen cove opened Platen cover closed  
Carriage home position sensor  
Home position  
Other than home  
position  
A
B
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
APS sensor (APS-R)  
APS sensor (APS-C)  
APS sensor (APS-3)  
APS sensor (APS-2)  
APS sensor (APS-1)  
RADF tray sensor  
RADF empty sensor  
RADF jam access cover sensor  
RADF open/close sensor  
RADF exit sensor  
RADF intermediate sensor  
RADF read sensor  
RADF registration sensor  
-
No original  
No original  
No original  
No original  
No original  
Original present  
Original present  
Cover opened  
RADF opened  
Original present  
Original present  
Original present  
Original present  
-
Original present  
Original present  
Original present  
Original present  
Original present  
No original  
No original  
Cover closed  
RADF closed  
No original  
No original  
No original  
No original  
-
[6]  
[7]  
[8]  
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
RADF original length sensor  
RADF original width sensor 1  
RADF original width sensor 2  
-
Original present  
Original present  
Original present  
-
No original  
No original  
No original  
-
G
H
A
Black toner cartridge switch  
Cartridge not  
installed  
Cartridge installed  
B
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
Bypass feed sensor  
No paper  
Paper present  
[9]  
Registration sensor  
Paper present  
No paper  
-
-
-
-
G
H
-
-
Transfer belt home position sensor  
Home position  
Other tha home  
position  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 31  
Contents  
Highlighted display  
Digital  
key  
Normal display  
e.g.  
Button  
Items to check  
e.g.  
A
B
C
D
E
F
Bridge unit transport sensor 2  
Bridge unit cover open/close detection switch  
Bridge unit transport sensor 1  
Bridge unit paper full detection sensor  
-
Paper present  
Cover opened  
Paper present  
Paper not full  
-
No paper  
Cover closed  
No paper  
Paper full  
-
[0]  
Charger cleaner front position detection switch  
Cleaner home posi- Other than home  
tion  
position  
G
H
Charger cleaner rear position detection switch  
-
Cleaner rear posi-  
tion  
Other than rear posi-  
tion  
-
-
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 32  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
[FAX] button: OFF/[COPY] button: ON ([FAX] LED: OFF/[COPY] LED: ON)  
Contents  
Digital  
key  
Highlighted display  
Normal display  
Button  
Items to check  
e.g.  
e.g.  
-
-
-
Temperature/humidity sensor (displays temper-  
ature inside of the equipment)  
Temperature/humidity sensor (displays humidity  
inside of the equipment)  
Drum thermistor (displays drum surface temper-  
ature)  
-
-
-
Temperature [°C]  
[1]  
[2]  
[3]  
Humidity [%RH]  
Temperature [°C]  
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
[4]  
[5]  
[6]  
[7]  
[8]  
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 33  
Contents  
Highlighted display  
Digital  
key  
Normal display  
e.g.  
Button  
Items to check  
e.g.  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
[9]  
-
-
-
Dongles for other equipments / Other USB  
devices  
Judgement for acceptable USB storage device Acceptable  
(*1)  
Connectable  
Not connectable  
[0]  
E
Not acceptable  
F
G
H
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
*1  
Be sure to install the USB storage device to the equipment and check if the device can be used with  
this code.  
Be sure to turn OFF the write protection (the function to prevent data from erasure by the accidental  
recording or deleting) of the USB storage device before performing the check, otherwise this code  
cannot be used.  
It may take some time (2 sec. to 10 sec.) before this check is completed depending on the USB stor-  
age device.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 34  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/11  
2.2.2  
Output check (test mode 03)  
Status of the output signals can be checked by entering the following codes in the test mode 03.  
<Operation procedure>  
Procedure 1  
2
ÅðÃÅíà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
Ñ°»®¿¬·±²  
ÑÒ  
ͬ±°  
½±¼»  
Ñ°»®¿¬·±²  
ÑÚÚ  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øݱ¼»÷  
øݱ¼»÷  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
Procedure 2  
ÅðÃÅíà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
Ñ°»®¿¬·±²  
Ѳ» ¼·®»½¬·±²  
Ì»•¬ ³±¼»  
•¬¿²¼¾§  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
Procedure 3  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅðÃÅíà  
Ì»•¬ ³±¼»  
•¬¿²¼¾§  
Ñ°»®¿¬·±²  
ÑÒ  
Ñ°»®¿¬·±²  
ÑÚÚ  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
Procedure 4  
ÅðÃÅíà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚ  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øݱ¼»÷  
Code  
Function  
Code  
Function  
Procedure  
101  
Main motor ON (Operational without  
black developer unit)  
151  
Code No.101 function OFF  
1
102  
103  
108  
109  
110  
112  
Toner motor K (normal rotation) ON  
Polygonal motor (600dpi) ON  
Registration clutch ON  
PFP motor ON  
152  
153  
158  
159  
160  
162  
Code No.102 function OFF  
Code No.103 function OFF  
Code No.108 function OFF  
Code No.109 function OFF  
Code No.110 function OFF  
Code No.112 function OFF  
1
1
1
1
1
1
ADU motor ON  
Developer motor ON (Operational with  
black developer unit)  
115  
116  
118  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
Drum cleaning brush motor ON  
Transfer belt cleaner auger motor ON  
Laser ON  
165  
166  
168  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
Code No.115 function OFF  
Code No.116 function OFF  
Code No.118 function OFF  
Code No.120 function OFF  
Code No.121 function OFF  
Code No.122 function OFF  
Code No.123 function OFF  
Code No.124 function OFF  
Code No.125 function OFF  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Exit motor (normal rotation) ON  
Exit motor (reversal rotation) ON  
LCF motor ON  
Transport motor ON  
Toner motor K (reversal rotation) ON  
Color auto-toner sensor shutter sole-  
noid ON (open)  
126  
Color auto-toner sensor LED ON  
176  
Code No.126 function OFF  
1
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 35  
Code  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
218  
225  
226  
228  
232  
235  
241  
242  
243  
248  
249  
252  
261  
Function  
Procedure  
Upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF  
Lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF  
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
2
Lower transport clutch (high speed) ON/OFF  
Bypass feed clutch ON/OFF  
Lower transport clutch (low speed) ON/OFF  
LCF pickup solenoid ON/OFF  
LCF end fence reciprocating movement  
LCF end fence motor ON/OFF  
LCF feed clutch ON/OFF  
LCF transport clutch ON/OFF  
Key copy counter count up  
PFP transport clutch ON/OFF  
PFP upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF  
PFP lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF  
Bridge unit gate solenoid ON/OFF  
Discharge LED ON/OFF  
IH board cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF  
Upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)  
Lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)  
Developer bias (Black) [+DC] ON/OFF  
Developer bias (Black) [-DC] ON/OFF  
Main charger ON/OFF  
Scan motor ON (Automatically stops at limit position, speed can be changed by using  
ZOOM button)  
264  
265  
267  
268  
271  
278  
280  
281  
282  
283  
284  
285  
294  
295  
297  
410  
411  
412  
SLG board cooling fan / Scanner unit cooling fan ON (high/low speed)  
SLG board cooling fan / Scanner unit cooling fan OFF  
Scanner exposure lamp ON/OFF  
1
1
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
Laser unit cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF  
LCF tray-up motor UP/DOWN  
PFP upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)  
PFP lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)  
RADF feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation)  
RADF feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation)  
RADF read motor ON/OFF  
RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (normal rotation)  
RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation)  
RADF reverse solenoid ON/OFF  
Power OFF mode (for 200V series)  
RADF fan motor ON/OFF  
Power supply cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF  
Power supply cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF  
Internal cooling fan ON/OFF (low speed)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 36  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Code  
413  
416  
417  
418  
419  
420  
421  
422  
424  
425  
426  
427  
428  
430  
431  
432  
433  
435  
437  
439  
440  
442  
450  
451  
452  
453  
454  
455  
456  
457  
458  
459  
460  
461  
Function  
Internal cooling fan ON/OFF (high speed)  
Procedure  
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
IH board cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF  
Ozone exhaust fan (low speed) ON/OFF  
Ozone exhaust fan (high speed) ON/OFF  
Developer bias (Black) [AC] ON/OFF  
2
Developer bias (Color) [+DC] ON/OFF  
Developer bias (Color) [-DC1] ON/OFF  
Developer bias (Color) [AC] ON/OFF  
1st transfer roller bias [+] ON/OFF  
1st transfer roller bias [-] ON/OFF  
2nd transfer roller bias [+] ON/OFF  
2nd transfer roller bias [-] ON/OFF  
Drum cleaning blade bias ON/OFF  
Image quality sensor shutter solenoid ON/OFF  
Color developer drive clutch ON/OFF  
Black developer drive clutch ON/OFF  
Black developer lifting clutch ON/OFF  
2nd transfer roller contact clutch ON/OFF  
Transfer belt cleaner clutch ON/OFF  
Upper transport clutch (high speed) ON/OFF  
Upper transport clutch (low speed) ON/OFF  
Color developer toner supply clutch ON/OFF  
Revolver motor ON/OFF (printing operation)  
Revolver motor operation (at standby position)  
Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge Y access position)  
Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge M access position)  
Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge C access position)  
Revolver motor operation (at developer unit Y access position)  
Revolver motor operation (at developer unit M access position)  
Revolver motor operation (at developer unit C access position)  
Revolver motor operation (at home position)  
Revolver motor operation (at developing position)  
Black developer unit lifting movement ON/OFF (continuous lifting movement)  
Charger cleaner motor movement (one reciprocating movement)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 37  
2.2.3  
Test print mode (test mode 04)  
The embedded test pattern can be printed out by keying in the following codes in the test print mode (04).  
<Procedure 1>  
ÅðÃÅìà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
Ñ°»®¿¬·±²  
ݱ²¬·²«±«•  
Ì»•¬ Ю·²¬·²¹  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
<Procedure 2>  
ÅðÃÅìà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
ݱ´±®  
•»´»½¬·±²  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
Ñ°»®¿¬·±²  
ݱ²¬·²«±«•  
Ì»•¬ Ю·²¬·²¹  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
Notes:  
1. When an error occurs, it is indicated on the panel, but the recovery operation is not per-  
formed.  
Turn OFF the power and then back ON to clear the error.  
2. During test printing, the [CLEAR] button is disabled when Wait adding toneris displayed.  
Code  
142  
204  
219  
220  
231  
Types of test pattern  
Grid pattern (black)  
Remarks  
Remarks  
Pattern width: 2 dots, Pitch: 10 mm  
Pattern width: 1 dot, Pitch: 10 mm  
1
2
2
2
2
Grid pattern (color)  
6% test pattern  
8% test pattern  
Secondary scanning direction 33 grada- 3 pixels standard, Width: 10 mm  
tion steps  
237  
250  
Halftone  
2
1
Test pattern for KCMY secondary scan- For color deviation check  
ning position adjustment  
262  
270  
Pattern for jitter evaluation  
(4 lines ON / 4 lines OFF)  
1 pixel standard, for color deviation cor-  
rection  
2
2
Image quality control test pattern  
For checking the image quality control  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 38  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
2.2.4  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Items in the adjustment mode list in the following pages can be corrected or changed in this adjustment mode  
(05). Turn ON the power with pressing the digital keys [0] and [5] simultaneously in order to enter this mode.  
When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the [ENERGY SAVER]  
button for a few seconds.  
Procedure 1  
2
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà  
øÕ»§ ·² ¿ ª¿´«»÷  
ÅÚßÈà  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ö
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
öЮ»•• ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà ¬± »²¬»® ³·²«• øó÷ò  
Procedure 2  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
Ê¿´«»  
¼·•°´¿§»¼  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÅÚßÈà ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷  
øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷  
ø
÷
øÊ¿´«» «²½¸¿²¹»¿¾´»÷  
Procedure 3  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅËÐÃ  
±®  
ÅÜÑÉÒÃ  
øß¼¶«•¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÅÚßÈà ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷  
øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷  
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
Procedure 4  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÅÚßÈà  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷  
öÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà  
øÕ»§ ·² ¿ ª¿´«»÷  
ͬ±®»• ª¿´«»  
·² ÎßÓ  
øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
öЮ»•• ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà ¬± »²¬»® ³·²«• øó÷ò  
Procedure 5  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔà ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
ÅÚßÈà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅËÐÃ  
±®  
ÅÜÑÉÒÃ  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ß«¬±³¿¬·½  
¿¼¶«•¬³»²¬  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷  
øß¼¶«•¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷ Í¬±®»• ª¿´«»  
·² ÎßÓ  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 39  
Procedure 6  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ß«¬±³¿¬·½  
¿¼¶«•¬³»²¬  
ÅÚßÈà ÅÝÑÐÇÃ÷  
øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
öÅÝßÒÝÛÔà ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
*
*
When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is  
displayed.  
Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR]  
button.  
Procedure 7  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÚßÈà  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
ͬ±®»• ª¿´«»  
·² ÎßÓ  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ß«¬±³¿¬·½  
¿¼¶«•¬³»²¬  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷  
öÅÝßÒÝÛÔà ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
*
*
When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is  
displayed.  
Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR] button.  
Procedure 10  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷  
Ê¿´«»  
¼·•°´¿§»¼  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎà ±® Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
øÊ¿´«» «²½¸¿²¹»¿¾´»÷  
Procedure 14  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ÅÚßÈà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅðÃÅëà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅËÐÃ ±® ÅÜÑÉÒÃ  
øß¼¶«•¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷  
ͬ±®»• ª¿´«»  
·² ÎßÓ  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
Note:  
The fuser roller temperature control at the adjustment mode is different from that at the normal  
state.  
Therefore, the problem of fusing efficiency may be occurred in the test copy at the adjustment  
mode.  
In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has  
become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 40  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Test print pattern in Adjustment Mode (05)  
Operation:  
One test print is printed out when the [FAX] button is pressed after the code is keyed in at Standby  
Screen.  
Code  
Types of test pattern  
Grid pattern (Black)  
Grid pattern (Black/Duplex printing)  
Remarks  
1
3
4
Refer to 3.4.3 Printer related adjustment  
Refer to 3.4.3 Printer related adjustment  
2
For gamma adjustment (Color/Black integrated Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment  
pattern)  
5
6
For gamma adjustment (Color)  
For gamma adjustment (Black)  
For gamma adjustment (Color)  
For gamma adjustment (Black)  
Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment  
For checking the gradation reproduction  
For checking the gradation reproduction  
Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment  
For checking the image of printer section  
7
10  
12  
Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation  
steps (Y)  
13  
14  
15  
47  
48  
49  
50  
Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation  
steps (M)  
For checking the image of printer section  
For checking the image of printer section  
For checking the image of printer section  
Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment  
Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation  
steps (C)  
Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation  
steps (K)  
Gamma adjustment for printer (PS/ 600 x 600  
dpi)  
Gamma adjustment for printer (PS/ 1,200 x 600 Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment  
dpi)  
Gamma adjustment for printer (PCL/ 600 x 600 Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment  
dpi)  
Gamma adjustment for printer (PCL/ 1,200 x  
600 dpi)  
Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment  
51  
52  
Gamma checking for printer (PS/ 600 x 600 dpi) For checking the gradation reproduction  
Gamma checking for printer (PS/ 1,200 x 600  
dpi)  
For checking the gradation reproduction  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
Grid pattern (Full Color / Thick paper 2)  
Grid pattern (Full Color / Thick paper 3)  
Grid pattern (Full Color / OHP)  
Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration  
roller  
Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration  
roller  
Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration  
roller  
Grid pattern (Black / Thick paper 2)  
Grid pattern (Black / Thick paper 3)  
Grid pattern (Black / OHP)  
Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration  
roller  
Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration  
roller  
Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration  
roller  
62  
63  
64  
68  
69  
For color deviation correction (Full Color)  
For color deviation correction (Full Color)  
For color deviation correction (Full Color)  
For color deviation correction (Full Color)  
For color deviation correction (Full Color)  
Only for A3/LD size  
Only for A3/LD size  
Only for A3/LD size  
Only for A4/LT size  
Only for A4/LT size  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 41  
Notes:  
1. The digit after the hyphen in Codeof the following table is a sub code.  
2. In RAM, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. M”  
stands for the LGC board and SYSstands for the SYS board.  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
206  
207  
Develop- Initialization of  
ment  
All  
(Y,M,C,K)  
-
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
The value starts chang-  
ing approx. 3 minutes  
after this adjustment  
started.  
The value is automati-  
cally set during this  
adjustment (approx. 2  
minutes).  
(As the value increases,  
the sensor output  
increases correspond-  
ingly.) (Chap. 3.2)  
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
color auto-  
<0-255>  
toner sensor  
light amount  
correction tar-  
get value  
Y
M
-
<0-255>  
-
<0-255>  
C
-
<0-255>  
K
-
<0-255>  
YMC  
-
<0-255>  
Develop- Initialization of color auto-  
ment  
ALL  
-
Initializes the color  
auto-toner sensor light  
amount correction tar-  
get value.  
toner sensor light amount  
correction target value  
(color)  
208  
210  
Develop- Enforced correction of  
ALL  
(color)  
-
M
M
Performs the color  
auto-toner sensor light  
amount correction forc-  
ibly.  
6
3
ment  
color auto-toner sensor  
light amount  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias out-  
put adjustment (When not  
transferred)  
ALL  
225  
<0-225>  
When the value  
decreases, the 1st  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
The adjustment value  
becomes effective  
when the Setting Mode  
(08- 541, 549 and 551)  
is 0 (invalid).  
224  
225  
226  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-  
put adjustment (When  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
147  
<0-187>  
M
M
M
When the value  
3
3
3
decreases, the 2nd  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
cleaning the roller [+] )  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-  
put adjustment (When  
229  
<188-  
255>  
When the value  
decreases, the 2nd  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
cleaning the roller [-] )  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-  
put adjustment (Paper  
interval/When not trans-  
ferred)  
191  
<188-  
255>  
When the value  
decreases, the 2nd  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
227-0  
227-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
Single  
159  
M
M
When the value  
14  
14  
roller bias out- side  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 134  
(black) <0-187>  
decreases, the 2nd  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
The adjustment value  
becomes effective  
when the Setting Mode  
(08- 544, 549 and 551)  
is 0 (invalid).  
put adjust-  
ment  
(Plain paper)  
Reverse  
side at  
duplexing  
227-2  
227-3  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
ALL  
(color) <0-187>  
ALL 128  
(color) <0-187>  
147  
M
M
14  
14  
duplexing  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 42  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
144  
229-0  
229-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
Single  
ALL  
M
M
When the value  
14  
14  
roller bias out- side  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 119  
(black) <0-187>  
decreases, the 2nd  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
The adjustment value  
becomes effective  
when the Setting Mode  
(08-544, 549 and 551)  
is 0 (invalid).  
put adjust-  
ment  
Reverse  
side at  
2
(Thick paper  
1)  
duplexing  
229-2  
229-3  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
ALL  
(color) <0-187>  
ALL 112  
(color) <0-187>  
125  
M
M
14  
14  
duplexing  
230-0  
230-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-  
put (Thick paper 2)  
ALL  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 150  
(color) <0-187>  
153  
M
M
When the value  
14  
14  
decreases, the 2nd  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
The adjustment value  
becomes effective  
when the Setting Mode  
(08- 544, 549 and 551)  
is 0 (invalid).  
231-0  
231-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-  
put (Thick paper 3)  
ALL  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 131  
(color) <0-187>  
131  
M
M
When the value  
14  
14  
decreases, the 2nd  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
The adjustment value  
becomes effective  
when the Setting Mode  
(08- 544, 549 and 551)  
is 0 (invalid).  
232-0  
232-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-  
put (OHP film)  
ALL  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 119  
(color) <0-187>  
119  
M
M
When the value  
14  
14  
decreases, the 2nd  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
The adjustment value  
becomes effective  
when the Setting Mode  
(08- 544, 549 and 551)  
is 0 (invalid).  
234-0  
234-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
Single  
ALL  
(black)  
ALL  
(black)  
5
M
M
Sets the offset amount  
of 2nd transfer roller  
bias.  
0: -500V 1: -400V  
2: -300V 3: -200V  
4: -100V 5: 0V  
6: +100V 7: +200V  
8: +300V 9: +400V  
10: +500V  
4
4
roller bias off- side  
setting adjust-  
ment  
<0-10>  
Reverse  
side at  
duplexing  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
5
<0-10>  
(Plain paper)  
234-2  
234-3  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
5
M
M
4
4
<0-10>  
5
<0-10>  
duplexing  
236-0  
236-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
Single  
ALL  
(black)  
ALL  
(black)  
5
M
M
Sets the offset amount  
of 2nd transfer roller  
bias.  
0: -500V 1: -400V  
2: -300V 3: -200V  
4: -100V 5: 0V  
6: +100V 7: +200V  
8: +300V 9: +400V  
10: +500V  
4
4
roller bias off- side  
<0-10>  
setting adjust-  
ment (Thick  
paper 1)  
Reverse  
side at  
duplexing  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
5
<0-10>  
236-2  
236-3  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
5
M
M
4
4
<0-10>  
5
<0-10>  
duplexing  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 43  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
237-0  
237-1  
238-0  
238-1  
239-0  
239-1  
241  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-  
setting adjustment  
ALL  
(black)  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(black)  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(black)  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
5
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Sets the offsetting  
amount of 2nd transfer  
roller bias.  
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
1
<0-10>  
(Thick paper 2)  
5
0: -1,000V  
2: -600V  
4: -200V  
1: -800V  
3: -400 V  
5: 0 V  
<0-10>  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-  
setting adjustment  
5
<0-10>  
6: +200V  
8: +600V  
10: +1,000V  
7: +400V  
9: +800 V  
(Thick paper 3)  
5
<0-10>  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-  
setting adjustment  
5
<0-10>  
(OHP film)  
5
<0-10>  
78  
<0-255>  
84  
<0-255>  
87  
<0-255>  
Main  
Main charger  
Y
M
C
K
As the value increases,  
the transformer output  
increases. The adjust-  
ment value becomes  
effective only when the  
setting mode (08-549,  
551, 556, 557) is 0  
(invalid).  
charger grid bias  
adjustment  
242  
243  
244  
94  
<0-255>  
245  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias off-  
setting  
ALL  
(black)  
5
Sets the offsetting  
amount of 1st transfer  
roller bias.  
<0-10>  
0: -500 V  
2: -300 V  
4: -100 V  
6: +100 V  
8: +300 V  
10: +500 V  
1: -400 V  
3: -200 V  
5: 0 V  
7: +200 V  
9: +400 V  
247  
248  
250  
251  
Transfer Temperature/humidity sen-  
sor Humidity display  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
50  
<0-100>  
M
M
M
M
The humidity of the  
inside of the equipment  
is displayed.  
2
2
1
1
[Unit: RH%]  
Transfer Drum thermistor Tempera-  
ture displa  
23  
<0-100>  
The ambient tempera-  
ture of the drum surface  
is displayed.  
[Unit: °C]  
Transfer 1st transfer  
roller bias out-  
+Low  
+High  
4000  
<3600-  
4400>  
Transformer output set-  
ting of the 1st transfer  
roller bias.  
When replacing the  
high-voltage trans-  
former, the values listed  
in attached data sheet  
are entered.  
put voltage  
400  
<280-  
520>  
(Unit: V)  
252  
253  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
roller bias out-  
+Low  
+High  
ALL  
ALL  
6000  
<5400-  
6600>  
M
M
Transformer output set-  
ting of the 2nd transfer  
roller bias (plus output).  
When replacing the  
high-voltage trans-  
former, the values listed  
in attached data sheet  
are entered.  
1
1
put voltage  
500  
<350-  
650>  
(Unit: V)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 44  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
254  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
roller bias out-  
-Low  
ALL  
-500  
<-9999-  
0>  
M
Transformer output set-  
ting of the 2nd transfer  
roller bias (minus out-  
put).  
1
put voltage  
2
When replacing the  
high-voltage trans-  
former, the values listed  
in attached data sheet  
are entered.  
255  
270  
-High  
ALL  
ALL  
-2000  
<-9999-  
0>  
M
M
1
(Unit: V)  
Transfer Temperature/humidity sen-  
sor Temperature display  
23  
<0-100>  
The temperature of the  
inside of the equipment  
is displayed.  
2
[Unit: °C]  
275  
276  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
roller bias  
(+)  
(-)  
ALL  
ALL  
147  
<0-255>  
229  
<0-255>  
M
M
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
when printing is oper-  
ated.  
2
2
actual value  
(When clean-  
ing the roller)  
277-0  
277-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
roller bias  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
ALL  
159  
M
M
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
when printing is oper-  
ated.  
10  
10  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 134  
(black) <0-187>  
actual value  
display (Plain  
paper)  
duplexing  
277-2  
277-3  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
ALL  
(color) <0-187>  
ALL 128  
(color) <0-187>  
147  
M
M
10  
10  
duplexing  
279-0  
279-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
roller bias  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
ALL  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 119  
(black) <0-187>  
144  
M
M
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
when printing is oper-  
ated.  
10  
10  
actual value  
display (Thick  
paper 1)  
duplexing  
279-2  
279-3  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
ALL  
(color) <0-187>  
ALL 112  
(color) <0-187>  
125  
M
M
10  
10  
duplexing  
281  
284  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias  
resistance detection con-  
trol  
Transfer Transfer belt cleaning unit  
contact timing adjustment  
ALL  
ALL  
-
M
M
The RMS value of the  
main charger grid bias  
is displayed..  
2
1
<0-255>  
141  
<88-168>  
When the value  
increases, the contact  
timing of transfer belt  
cleaning unit is delayed.  
285  
Transfer Transfer belt cleaning unit  
release timing adjustment  
ALL  
121  
<88-168>  
M
When the value  
1
increases, the release  
timing of transfer belt  
cleaning unit is delayed.  
290-0  
290-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-  
setting adjustment  
ALL  
153  
M
M
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
when printing is oper-  
ated.  
10  
10  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 150  
(color) <0-187>  
(Thick paper 2)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 45  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
131  
291-0  
291-1  
292-0  
292-1  
293-0  
293-1  
293-2  
293-3  
293-4  
294-0  
294-1  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-  
setting adjustment  
ALL  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
when printing is oper-  
ated.  
10  
10  
10  
10  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
10  
10  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 131  
(color) <0-187>  
ALL 119  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 119  
(color) <0-187>  
(Thick paper 3)  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-  
setting adjustment  
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
when printing is oper-  
ated.  
(OHP film)  
Transfer 2nd transfer  
Plain  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
85  
<0-255>  
75  
<0-255>  
80  
<0-255>  
80  
<0-255>  
Corrects the 2nd trans-  
fer roller bias output of  
leading/trailing edge of  
paper (05-227, 229,  
230, 231 and 232).  
roller bias cor- paper  
rection of  
leading/trail-  
ing edge of  
paper  
Thick  
paper 1  
Thick  
Correcting factor: %  
paper 2  
Thick  
paper 3  
OHP film  
80  
<0-255>  
164  
Transfer Actual value  
Single  
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
on the leading/trailing  
edge of paper when  
printing is performed.  
(The value corrected in  
05-293 is displayed.)  
display of 2nd side  
(black) <0-255>  
ALL 142  
(black) <0-255>  
transfer roller  
bias of lead-  
ing/trailing  
edge of paper  
(Plain paper)  
Reverse  
side at  
duplexing  
294-2  
294-3  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
ALL  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL 137  
(color) <0-255>  
153  
M
M
10  
10  
duplexing  
296-0  
296-1  
Transfer Actual value  
Single  
ALL  
(black) <0-255>  
ALL 136  
(black) <0-255>  
155  
M
M
10  
10  
display of 2nd side  
transfer roller  
bias of lead-  
ing/trailing  
edge of paper  
(Thick paper  
1)  
Reverse  
side at  
duplexing  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
296-2  
296-3  
ALL  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL 131  
(color) <0-255>  
141  
M
M
10  
10  
duplexing  
297-0  
297-1  
298-0  
298-1  
299-0  
299-1  
Transfer Actual value display of 2nd  
ALL  
160  
M
M
M
M
M
M
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>  
ing/trailing edge of paper  
(Thick paper 2)  
ALL  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL 142  
158  
Transfer Actual value display of 2nd  
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>  
ing/trailing edge of paper  
(Thick paper 3)  
ALL  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL 133  
143  
Transfer Actual value display of 2nd  
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
on the leading/trailing  
edge of paper when  
printing is performed.  
(The value corrected in  
05-293 is displayed.)  
transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>  
ing/trailing edge of paper  
(OHP film)  
ALL  
133  
(color) <0-255>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 46  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
305  
Scanner Image location adjustment  
of secondary scanning  
direction  
ALL  
124  
<92-164>  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
image shifts by approx.  
0.137 mm toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper.  
1
(scanner section)  
2
306  
308  
Scanner Image location adjustment  
of secondary scanning  
direction  
ALL  
ALL  
113  
<0-255>  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
image shifts by approx.  
0.0423 mm toward the  
front side of the paper.  
1
6
(scanner section)  
Scanner Distortion mode  
-
-
Moves carriages to the  
adjusting position.  
(Chap. 3.4.4)  
330-0  
330-1  
330-2  
330-3  
Image  
Image quality  
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
3
M
M
M
M
Sets the maximum cor-  
rection number of time  
of the contrast voltage  
in the closed-loop con-  
trol mode 2.  
4
4
4
4
control closed-loop  
control con-  
trast voltage  
correction/  
<0-255>  
3
<0-255>  
3
Mode 2 maxi-  
mum number  
of time cor-  
<0-255>  
3
<0-255>  
rected  
331-0  
331-1  
331-2  
331-3  
332-0  
332-1  
332-2  
332-3  
Image  
Image quality  
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
2
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Sets the maximum cor-  
rection number of time  
of the laser power in the  
closed-loop control  
mode 2.  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
control closed-loop  
control laser  
power correc-  
tion/Mode 2  
<0-255>  
2
<0-255>  
2
maximum  
number of  
time corrected  
<0-255>  
2
<0-255>  
Image  
Image quality  
1
Sets the maximum cor-  
rection number of time  
of the contrast voltage  
in the closed-loop con-  
trol mode 1.  
control closed-loop  
control con-  
trast voltage  
correction/  
<0-255>  
1
<0-255>  
1
Mode 1 maxi-  
mum number  
of time cor-  
<0-255>  
1
<0-255>  
rected  
333-0  
333-1  
333-2  
333-3  
334  
Image  
Image quality  
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
1
M
M
M
M
M
Sets the maximum cor-  
rection number of time  
of the laser power in the  
closed-loop control  
mode 1.  
4
4
4
4
1
control closed-loop  
control laser  
power correc-  
tion/Mode 1  
<0-255>  
1
<0-255>  
1
maximum  
number of  
time corrected  
<0-255>  
1
<0-255>  
Image  
Main charger grid calibra-  
300  
<210-  
390>  
1000  
<900-  
1100>  
Transformer output cali-  
bration of the main  
charger grid bias. When  
replacing the high-volt-  
age transformer, the  
values listed in attached  
data sheet are entered.  
(Unit: V)  
control tion voltage 1 (low)  
335  
Image  
Main charger grid calibra-  
ALL  
M
1
control tion voltage 2 (high)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 47  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
338  
Image  
Color developer bias DC  
ALL  
100  
<70-130>  
M
Transformer output cali-  
bration of the color  
developer bias. When  
replacing the high-volt-  
age transformer, the  
values listed in attached  
data sheet are entered.  
(Unit: V)  
1
control (-) calibration voltage 1  
(low)  
Image  
339  
340  
Color developer bias DC  
ALL  
ALL  
900  
<810-  
990>  
M
1
control (-) calibration voltage 2  
(high)  
Scanner Reproduction ratio adjust-  
ment of secondary scan-  
ning direction (scanner  
section)  
127  
<0-255>  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
reproduction ratio in the  
secondary scanning  
direction (vertical to  
paper feeding direc-  
tion) increases by  
1
approx. 0.223%.  
350  
351  
354  
355  
357  
Scanner Shading posi- Original  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
SYS 0.1369 mm/step  
1
1
1
1
1
tion adjust-  
ment  
glass  
RADF  
SYS 0.1369 mm/step  
RADF  
RADF  
Adjustment of for single-  
10  
<0-20>  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
aligning amount  
RADF paper  
alignment  
sided orig-  
inal  
increases by approx.  
0.5 mm.  
for double  
sided orig-  
inal  
10  
<0-20>  
SYS  
Fine adjustment of RADF  
transport speed  
50  
<0-100>  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
reproduction ratio of the  
secondary scanning  
direction on original (fed  
from the RADF)  
increases by approx.  
0.1%.  
358  
RADF  
RADF sideways deviation  
adjustment  
ALL  
ALL  
128  
<0-255>  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
image of original fed  
from the RADF shifts  
toward the rear side of  
paper by approx.  
1
0.0423 mm.  
SYS When the value  
359  
360  
Scanner Carriage position adjust-  
128  
1
1
ment during scanning from (black) <0-255>  
RADF  
increases by 1, the  
carriage position shifts  
by approx. 0.1 mm  
ALL  
128  
SYS  
(color) <0-255>  
toward the exit side  
when using the RADF.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 48  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
361  
Scanner Log table switching for  
RADF copying  
ALL  
(color)  
0
SYS 0: Same log table as  
the one used at  
1
<0-4>  
copying with original  
glass  
1: Background repro-  
duction - Light 2  
2
2: Background repro-  
duction - Light 1  
3: Background repro-  
duction - Dark 1  
4: Background repro-  
duction - Dark 2  
362  
ALL  
(black)  
0
SYS 0: Same log table as  
the one used at  
1
<0-4>  
copying with original  
glass  
1: Background repro-  
duction - Light 2  
2: Background repro-  
duction - Light 1  
3: Background repro-  
duction - Dark 1  
4: Background repro-  
duction - Dark 2  
363  
Scanner Data transfer of character-  
istic value of scanner / SYS  
SCN  
-
SYS Transfers the character-  
istic values of the scan-  
ner (shading correction  
factor / RGB color cor-  
rection / reproduction  
ratio color aberration  
correction) from the  
6
board  
SLG board  
NVRAM of the SYS  
board to the NVRAM of  
the SLG board.  
364  
Scanner Data transfer of character-  
istic value of scanner / SLG  
SCN  
-
SYS Transfers the character-  
istic values of the scan-  
ner (shading correction  
factor / RGB color cor-  
rection / reproduction  
ratio color aberration  
correction) from the  
6
board  
SYS board  
NVRAM of the SLG  
board to the NVRAM of  
the SYS board.  
365  
366  
RADF  
RADF lead-  
ing edge posi- sided orig-  
tion 1  
adjustment  
for single-  
ALL  
ALL  
50  
<0-100>  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
copied image of original  
1
1
inal  
fed from the RADF  
shifts toward the trail-  
ing edge of paper by  
approx. 0.1 mm.  
for double  
sided orig-  
inal  
50  
<0-100>  
SYS  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 49  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
367  
RADF  
RADF  
Image  
RADF original guide width  
adjustment  
ALL  
-
Stores the current width  
of RADF original guide  
by keying in this code  
with the guide set at the  
minimum width. Per-  
form this adjustment  
when the RADF board  
or volume is replaced,  
or when the code (05-  
356) is performed.  
6
(Minimum)  
368  
RADF original guide width  
adjustment  
(Maximum)  
ALL  
-
-
Stores the current width  
of RADF original guide  
by keying in this code  
with the guide set at the  
maximum width. Per-  
form this adjustment  
when the RADF board  
or volume is replaced,  
or when the code (05-  
356) is performed.  
6
372  
373  
Black developer bias DC  
ALL  
ALL  
100  
<70-130>  
M
M
Transformer output cali-  
bration of the black  
developer bias. When  
replacing the high-volt-  
age transformer, the  
values listed in attached  
data sheet are entered.  
(Unit: V)  
1
1
control (-) calibration voltage 1  
(low)  
Image  
Black developer bias DC  
900  
<810-  
990>  
control (-) calibration voltage 2  
(high)  
380-0  
380-1  
380-2  
380-3  
381-0  
381-1  
381-2  
381-3  
382-0  
382-1  
382-2  
382-3  
Image  
Image quality  
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
320  
<0-999>  
330  
<0-999>  
340  
<0-999>  
375  
<0-999>  
320  
<0-999>  
330  
<0-999>  
340  
<0-999>  
375  
<0-999>  
408  
<0-999>  
408  
<0-999>  
408  
<0-999>  
408  
<0-999>  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Displays the contrast  
voltage initial value set  
by the open-loop con-  
trol. (Unit: V)  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
control open-loop  
control/ con-  
trast voltage  
initial value  
display  
Image  
control age actual  
Contrast volt-  
Displays the contrast  
voltage when printing is  
operated. (Unit: V)  
value display  
Image  
control open-loop  
control/ laser  
Image quality  
Displays the laser  
power initial value set  
by the open-loop con-  
trol. (Unit: µW)  
power initial  
value display  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 50  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
92  
<0-255>  
92  
<0-255>  
92  
<0-255>  
92  
<0-255>  
408  
<0-999>  
408  
<0-999>  
408  
<0-999>  
408  
<0-999>  
78  
<0-255>  
84  
<0-255>  
87  
<0-255>  
94  
<0-255>  
135  
<0-255>  
137  
<0-255>  
139  
<0-255>  
383-0  
383-1  
383-2  
383-3  
384-0  
384-1  
384-2  
384-3  
385-0  
385-1  
385-2  
385-3  
386-0  
386-1  
386-2  
386-3  
388  
Image  
control actual value  
display  
Laser power  
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Displays the laser  
power when printing is  
operated. (bit value)  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
2
2
Image  
control actual value  
Laser power  
Displays the laser  
power when printing is  
operated. (Unit: µW)  
display  
Image  
control grid bias  
actual value  
Main charger  
Displays the main  
charger grid bias when  
printing is operated. (bit  
value)  
display  
Image  
control bias DC (-)  
actual value  
Developer  
Displays the developer  
bias when printing is  
operated. (bit value)  
display  
146  
<0-255>  
Image  
control display of  
Output value  
When the  
light  
0
Displays the output  
value of image quality  
sensor when the sensor  
light source is OFF.  
<0-1023>  
image quality source is  
sensor  
OFF  
389  
Transfer  
belt sur-  
face  
ALL  
0
M
Displays the output  
value of image quality  
sensor (when there is  
no test pattern) on the  
transfer belt.  
2
<0-1023>  
390-0  
390-1  
390-2  
390-3  
Highden-  
sity pat-  
tern Y  
Highden-  
sity pat-  
tern M  
Highden-  
sity pat-  
tern C  
Highden-  
sity pat-  
tern K  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
M
M
Displays the output  
value of image quality  
sensor when a high-  
density test pattern is  
written.  
The larger the value is,  
the smaller the toner  
amount adhered  
becomes.  
10  
10  
10  
10  
<0-1023>  
0
<0-1023>  
0
<0-1023>  
0
<0-1023>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 51  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
391-0  
Image  
control display of  
Output value  
Lowden-  
sity pat-  
ALL  
0
M
Displays the output  
value of image quality  
sensor when a low-den-  
sity test pattern is writ-  
ten.  
The larger the value is,  
the smaller the toner  
amount adhered  
becomes.  
10  
10  
10  
10  
2
<0-1023>  
image quality tern Y  
sensor  
391-1  
391-2  
391-3  
392  
Lowden-  
sity pat-  
tern M  
Lowden-  
sity pat-  
tern C  
Lowden-  
sity pat-  
tern K  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
M
M
<0-1023>  
0
<0-1023>  
0
<0-1023>  
Image  
Light amount adjustment  
0
The LED light amount  
adjustment value of this  
sensor is the reference  
value to set the  
control result of image quality sen-  
sor  
<0-255>  
reflected light from the  
belt surface.  
393  
Image  
Relative humidity display  
ALL  
0
M
Displays the relative  
humidity at the latest  
performing of the  
closed-loop  
2
control during latest closed-loop  
<0-100>  
control  
control.  
394  
395  
Image  
Enforced performing of  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
Performs the image  
quality open-loop con-  
trol.  
Performs the image  
quality closedloop con-  
trol.  
Performs the image  
quality control, initialize  
each control value.  
Sets the target value of  
high image density con-  
trol at the time of the  
image quality control.  
6
6
6
4
4
4
4
control image quality open-loop  
control  
Image  
control image quality closed-loop  
control  
Image  
Enforced performing of  
M
M
M
M
M
M
396  
Image quality control initial-  
control ization  
398-0  
398-1  
398-2  
398-3  
Image  
Target value  
Y
M
C
K
265  
<220-  
360>  
300  
<220-  
360>  
320  
<220-  
360>  
370  
<300-  
420>  
control of the high  
image den-  
sity control  
401  
405  
Laser  
Laser  
Fine adjustment of polygo-  
nal motor rotation speed  
(reproduction ratio adjust-  
ment)  
PRT  
PPC  
134  
<0-255>  
135  
<0-255>  
M
M
When the value  
1
1
increases by 1, the  
reproduction ratio of pri-  
mary scanning direction  
increases by approx.  
0.07%. (approx. 0.1  
mm/step)  
410  
411  
Adjustment of primary  
scanning laser writing start  
position  
PPC  
PRT  
128  
<0-255>  
120  
<0-255>  
M
M
When the value  
1
1
increases by 1, the  
writing start position  
shifts to the front side  
by approx. 0.0423 mm.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 52  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
417-0  
Image  
Color devia-  
tion correc-  
tion 1  
K
C
M
Y
K
C
M
Y
ALL  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
M
When the value  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
increases by 1, the  
image shifts toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper by 0.0423 mm.  
(A3/LD)  
417-1  
417-2  
417-3  
418-0  
418-1  
418-2  
418-3  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
2
Image  
Color devia-  
tion correc-  
tion 2  
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
image shifts toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper by 0.0423 mm.  
(A3/LD)  
421  
422  
Drive  
Drive  
Adjustment of secondary  
scanning direction repro-  
duction ratio (fine adjust-  
ment of main motor speed)  
PPC/  
PRT  
FAX  
127  
<0-255>  
144  
<0-255>  
M
M
When the value  
1
1
increases by 1, the  
reproduction ratio of  
secondary scanning  
direction increases by  
approx. 0.04%.  
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
rotation becomes faster  
by approx.  
424  
Fine adjustment of exit  
motor speed  
PPC/ JPN: 140  
PRT  
M
1
Others:  
128  
<0-255>  
0.05%.  
425  
426  
427  
FAX  
128  
<0-255>  
153  
<0-255>  
128  
<0-255>  
M
M
M
1
1
1
Drive  
Adjustment of secondary  
scanning direction repro-  
duction ratio (fine adjust-  
ment of transport motor  
speed)  
PPC/  
PRT  
FAX  
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
reproduction ratio of  
secondary scanning  
direction increases by  
approx. 0.04%.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 53  
06/10  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
430  
Image  
Image  
Top margin adjustment  
(blank area at the leading  
edge of the paper))  
Left margin adjustment  
(blank area at the left of the  
paper along the paper  
feeding direction)  
Right margin adjustment  
(blank area at the right of  
the paper along the paper  
feeding direction)  
Bottom margin adjustment  
(blank area at the trailing  
edge of the paper)  
PPC  
26  
<0-255>  
M
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
blank area becomes  
wider by approx.  
0.0423 mm.  
1
431  
432  
PPC  
PPC  
PPC  
0
M
M
1
<0-255>  
Image  
15  
<0-255>  
1
433  
Image  
Image  
43  
<0-255>  
M
M
1
4
434-0  
Bottom margin adjustment  
(blank area at the trailing  
edge of the paper)  
PPC/  
PRT  
EUR: 45  
UC: 28  
JPN: 28  
Others:  
45  
/Reverse side at duplexing  
<0-255>  
434-1  
Image  
Right margin adjustment  
(blank area at the right of  
the paper along the paper  
feeding direction)  
PPC/  
PRT  
18  
<0-255>  
M
4
/Reverse side at duplexing  
435  
436  
Image  
Image  
Top margin adjustment  
(blank area at the leading  
edge of the paper)  
Left margin adjustment  
(blank area at the left of the  
paper along the paper  
feeding direction)  
Right margin adjustment  
(blank area at the right of  
the paper along the paper  
feeding direction)  
PRT  
PRT  
24  
<0-255>  
M
M
1
1
0
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
blank area becomes  
wider by approx.  
0.0423 mm.  
<0-255>  
437  
Image  
PRT  
0
M
1
<0-255>  
438  
439  
Image  
Image  
Bottom margin adjustment  
(blank area at the trailing  
edge of the paper)  
Bottom margin adjustment  
(blank area at the trailing  
edge of the paper along  
the paper feeding direc-  
tion) when paper size is not  
specified at bypass feed  
PRT  
ALL  
0
M
M
1
1
<0-255>  
128  
<0-255>  
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
margin increases by  
approx. 0.2 mm.  
440  
441  
442  
443  
444  
445  
Laser  
Secondary  
scanning  
laser writing  
start position  
Upper  
drawer  
Lower  
drawer  
Bypass  
feeding  
LCF  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
21  
<0-40>  
47  
<0-80>  
22  
<0-40>  
20  
<0-40>  
20  
<0-40>  
21  
<0-40>  
M
M
M
M
M
M
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
image shifts toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper by approx.  
0.2 mm.  
1
1
1
1
1
1
PFP  
Duplex  
feeding  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 54  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
448-0  
448-1  
448-2  
448-3  
449-0  
449-1  
449-2  
449-3  
450-0  
450-1  
450-2  
450-3  
452-0  
452-1  
452-2  
452-3  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
aligning amount  
increases by approx.  
0.8 mm.  
<Paper length>  
Long size:  
330 mm or longer  
Middle size:  
220 mm to 329 mm  
Short size 1:  
205 mm to 219 mm  
Short size 2:  
204 mm or shorter  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
size  
Middle  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(PFP upper  
drawer / Plain  
paper)  
2
Short  
size 1  
Short  
size 2  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
size  
Middle  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(PFP lower  
drawer / Plain  
paper)  
Short  
size 1  
Short  
size 2  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
size  
Middle  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Upperdrawer  
Short  
size 1  
Short  
size 2  
/ Plain paper)  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
aligning amount  
increases by approx.  
0.8 mm.  
<Paper length>  
Long size:  
size  
Middle  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Lowerdrawer  
/ Plain paper)  
Short  
size 1  
Short  
size 2  
15  
<0-63>  
330 mm or longer  
Middle size:  
220 mm to 329 mm  
Short size 1:  
205 mm to 219 mm  
Short size 2:  
204 mm or shorter  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 55  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
455-0  
455-1  
455-2  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
8
M
M
M
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
aligning amount  
increases by approx.  
0.8 mm.  
<Paper length>  
Long size:  
330 mm or longer  
Middle size:  
4
4
4
size  
<0-63>  
Middle  
size  
8
the registra-  
tion section  
(Duplex feed-  
ing / Plain  
paper)  
<0-63>  
12  
<0-63>  
Short  
size  
457  
Paper  
Paper aligning amount  
ALL  
15  
<0-63>  
M
1
220 mm to 329 mm  
Short size:  
219 mm or shorter  
feeding adjustment at the registra-  
tion section (LCF / Plain  
paper)  
*
Postcard is sup-  
ported only for JPN  
model.  
458-0  
458-1  
458-2  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
14  
<0-63>  
14  
<0-63>  
M
M
M
4
4
4
size  
Middle  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Bypass feed-  
ing/Plain  
Short  
size  
14  
<0-63>  
paper)  
460-0  
460-1  
460-2  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
16  
<0-63>  
16  
<0-63>  
16  
<0-63>  
M
M
M
4
4
4
size  
Middle  
size  
Short  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Bypass feed-  
ing/Thick  
paper 1)  
461-0  
461-1  
461-2  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
17  
<0-63>  
17  
<0-63>  
17  
<0-63>  
M
M
M
4
4
4
size  
Middle  
size  
Short  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Bypass feed-  
ing/Thick  
paper 2)  
462-0  
462-1  
462-2  
462-3  
463-0  
463-1  
463-2  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
17  
<0-63>  
17  
<0-63>  
17  
<0-63>  
16  
<0-63>  
16  
<0-63>  
16  
<0-63>  
16  
<0-63>  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
size  
Middle  
size  
Short  
size  
Post  
card  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Bypass feed-  
ing/Thick  
paper 3)  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
size  
Middle  
size  
Short  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Bypass feed-  
ing/OHP film)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 56  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
143  
<0-255>  
170  
<0-255>  
143  
<0-255>  
143  
<0-255>  
143  
<0-255>  
143  
<0-255>  
128  
466-0  
466-1  
466-4  
466-5  
466-6  
466-7  
467  
Paper  
Adjustment of Plain  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
When the value  
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
feeding paper push-  
ing amount /  
Bypass feed-  
ing  
paper  
increases by 1, the  
driving speed of bypass  
feed roller increases by  
approx. 2 ms when the  
paper transport is  
Post card  
2
Thick  
paper 1  
started from the regis-  
tration section.  
Thick  
paper 2  
*
Post card is sup-  
ported only for JPN  
model.  
Thick  
paper 3  
OHP film  
Paper  
Adjustment of paper push-  
When the value  
feeding ing amount/Duplex feed-  
ing (short size)  
<0-255>  
increases by 1, the  
driving speed of ADU  
transport roller  
increases by approx.  
2 ms when the paper  
transport is started from  
the registration section.  
468-0  
468-1  
468-2  
469-0  
469-1  
469-2  
469-3  
Finisher Fine adjust-  
A4-R  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
When the value  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ment of bind- /LT-R  
<-14-14>  
increases by 1, the  
binding/folding position  
shifts toward the right  
page by 0.25 mm.  
ing position/  
folding posi-  
tion  
B4  
0
<-14-14>  
A3/LD  
0
<-14-14>  
18  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
18  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
When the value  
increases by "1", the  
aligning amount  
increases by approx.  
0.8 mm.  
<Paper length>  
Long size:  
330 mm or longer  
Middle size:  
220 mm to 329 mm  
Short size 1:  
size  
Middle  
size  
Short  
size 1  
Short  
size 2  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Upperdrawer  
/ Thick paper  
1)  
470-0 Paper  
feeding  
Paperaligning Long  
amount  
size  
Middle  
size  
Short  
size 1  
Short  
size 2  
adjustment at  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Lowerdrawer  
/ Thick  
470-1  
470-2  
470-3  
205 mm to 219 mm  
Short size 2:  
204 mm or shorter  
paper 1)  
471-0  
471-1  
471-2  
471-3  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
size  
Middle  
size  
Short  
size 1  
Short  
size 2  
the registra-  
tion section  
(PFP upper  
drawer / Thick  
paper 1)  
15  
<0-63>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 57  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
15  
<0-63>  
472-0  
472-1  
472-2  
472-3  
473  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
M
M
M
M
M
When the value  
increases by "1", the  
aligning amount  
increases by approx.  
0.8 mm.  
<Paper length>  
Long size:  
330 mm or longer  
Middle size:  
4
4
4
4
1
size  
Middle  
size  
the registra-  
tion section  
(PFP lower  
drawer / Thick  
paper 1)  
Short  
size 1  
Short  
size 2  
Paper  
Paper aligning amount  
220 mm to 329 mm  
Short size:  
219 mm or shorter  
feeding adjustment at the registra-  
tion section (LCF / Thick  
paper 1)  
Short size 1:  
474-0  
474-1  
474-2  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at  
Paperaligning Long  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
8
M
M
M
205 mm to 219 mm  
Short size 2:  
204 mm or shorter  
4
4
4
size  
Middle  
size  
Short  
size  
<0-63>  
8
the registra-  
tion section  
(ADU / Thick  
paper 1)  
*
Post card is sup-  
ported only for JPN  
model.  
<0-63>  
12  
<0-63>  
475-0  
475-1  
Paper  
feeding amount  
adjustment at Long size  
Paperaligning Thick  
ALL  
ALL  
28  
<0-63>  
M
M
4
4
paper 2  
the registra-  
tion section  
(Bypass feed-  
ing)  
Thick  
28  
<0-63>  
paper 2  
Middle  
size  
475-2  
475-3  
475-4  
Thick  
paper 2  
Short size  
Thick  
paper 3  
Long size  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
28  
<0-63>  
M
M
M
4
4
4
28  
<0-63>  
Thick  
28  
paper 3  
Middle  
size  
<0-63>  
475-5  
Thick  
paper 3  
Short size  
ALL  
28  
<0-63>  
M
4
475-6  
475-7  
OHP film  
Long size  
OHP film  
Middle  
size  
ALL  
ALL  
24  
<0-63>  
24  
<0-63>  
M
M
4
4
475-8  
475-9  
OHP film  
Short size  
Post card  
ALL  
ALL  
24  
<0-63>  
28  
<0-63>  
M
M
4
4
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 58  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
494  
Laser  
Secondary  
scanning data decelerat-  
laser writing  
start position  
When  
ALL  
135  
<0-255>  
M
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
image shifts by approx.  
0.2 mm toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper.  
1
1
1
ing to 1/2  
When  
decelerat-  
ing to 1/3  
495  
496  
ALL  
ALL  
135  
<0-255>  
M
M
2
When  
140  
decelerat-  
ing to 1/4  
<0-255>  
497-0  
497-1  
497-2  
497-3  
497-4  
497-5  
498-0  
498-1  
Laser  
Adjustment of Upper  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
128  
<0-255>  
128  
<0-255>  
128  
<0-255>  
128  
<0-255>  
128  
<0-255>  
128  
<0-255>  
131  
<0-255>  
131  
<0-255>  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
image shifts toward the  
front side by 0.0423  
mm.  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
drawer side-  
ways devia-  
tion  
drawer  
Lower  
drawer  
PFPupper  
drawer  
PFP lower  
drawer  
LCF  
Bypass  
feeding  
Adjustment of Long size  
duplex feed-  
Laser  
When the value  
increases by 1, the  
image shifts toward the  
front side by 0.0423  
mm.  
ing sideways  
deviation  
Short size  
(A4/LT or  
smaller)  
499  
Develop- Black developer unit lift up/  
ALL  
2
M
Change the lift up/down  
timing of the black  
developer unit when a  
CEB0 error occurs.  
(Chap. 3.11.3)  
1
ment  
down timing adjustment  
<0-255>  
501  
503  
504  
505  
506  
507  
Image  
Density  
Photo  
PPC  
128  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image of  
1
1
1
1
1
1
adjustment  
Fine adjust-  
ment of man-  
ual density”  
/Center value  
(black) <0-255>  
Text/Photo PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
Text/Photo PPC 20  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(black) <0-255>  
the center step density  
becomes darker.  
SYS  
Text  
SYS  
Image  
Image  
Density  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at the  
adjustment  
Fine adjust-  
ment of man-  
ual density”  
/Light step  
value  
density adjustment.  
When the value  
Photo  
Text  
SYS  
increases, the image of  
the lightsteps  
SYS  
becomes lighter.  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at the  
508  
509  
510  
Density  
Text/Photo PPC  
20  
1
1
1
adjustment  
Fine adjust-  
ment of man-  
ual density”  
/Dark step  
value  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(black) <0-255>  
density adjustment.  
When the value  
Photo  
Text  
SYS  
increases, the image of  
the darksteps  
SYS  
becomes darker.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 59  
06/10  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
512  
514  
515  
532  
533  
534  
570  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Density  
Photo  
PPC  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
SYS  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
adjustment  
(black) <0-255>  
Text/Photo PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 40  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 16  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 40  
(black) <0-255>  
Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 22  
Fine adjust-  
ment of auto-  
matic density”  
becomes darker.  
Text  
SYS  
SYS When the value  
increases, the back-  
SYS  
tion Back-  
ground peak  
adjustment  
ground of the image  
(low density area)  
becomes harder to be  
printed out.  
Photo  
Text  
SYS  
SYS Sets whether the values  
of the background peak  
and text peak are fixed  
or not. Ones place is  
tion on origi-  
nal manually  
set on the  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
31-34,  
original glass  
41-44>  
12  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
an adjustment for auto-  
matic densityand tens  
place is for manual  
density. Once they are  
fixed, the range correc-  
tion is performed with  
standard values. The  
values of the back-  
ground peak and text  
peak affect the repro-  
duction of the back-  
ground density and text  
density respectively.  
571  
572  
Photo  
Text  
PPC  
SYS  
1
1
31-34,  
41-44>  
22  
PPC  
SYS  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
31-34,  
41-44>  
1: fixed/fixed  
2: varied/fixed  
3: fixed/varied  
4: varied/varied  
*
Background peak/  
Text peak  
580  
Image  
Automatic gamma adjust-  
ment  
PPC  
(black)  
-
-
Adjusts the gradation  
reproduction automati-  
cally.  
7
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 60  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
590-0  
590-1  
590-2  
591-0  
591-1  
591-2  
592-0  
592-1  
592-2  
596-0  
596-1  
596-2  
597-0  
597-1  
597-2  
598-0  
598-1  
598-2  
599-0  
599-1  
599-2  
600  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Adjustment of  
L
M
H
L
PPC  
SYS When the value  
increases, the density  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
gamma bal-  
ance (Text/  
Photo)  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(black) <0-255>  
in the target area  
becomes higher.  
L : Low density area  
M : Medium density  
area  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
2
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance (Text)  
H : High density area  
M
H
L
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance (Photo)  
M
H
L
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance (PS/  
M
H
L
Smooth)  
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance  
SYS When the value  
increases, the density  
in the target area  
becomes higher.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density  
area  
M
H
L
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
(PS/Detail)  
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance  
H : High density area  
M
H
L
(PCL/Smooth)  
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance  
M
H
(PCL/Detail)  
Background  
adjustment  
Text/Photo PPC  
(black)  
5
SYS When the value  
decreases, the back-  
<1-9>  
ground becomes  
darker. When the value  
increases, the back-  
ground becomes  
lighter.  
601  
Text  
PPC  
(black)  
5
SYS  
<1-9>  
602  
Photo  
PPC  
(black)  
5
SYS  
<1-9>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 61  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
604  
Image  
Sharpness  
adjustment  
Text/Photo PPC  
(black)  
0
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
becomes sharper.  
When the value  
1
<0-31>  
decreases, the image  
becomes softer.  
The smaller the value  
is, the less the moire  
becomes.  
605  
Text  
PPC  
(black)  
0
SYS  
1
<0-31>  
606  
648  
Photo  
PPC  
(black)  
0
SYS  
1
1
*
The default value 0  
is equivalent to 16  
(center value).  
<0-31>  
Image  
Adjustment of Text/Photo PPC  
30  
SYS Adjustment of the  
smudged/faint text.  
With increasing the  
value, the faint text is  
suppressed, and with  
decreasing it, the  
smudged/faint  
text  
(black) <0-255>  
smudged text is sup-  
pressed.  
654  
655  
663  
Image  
Image  
Adjustment of  
smudged/faint  
text  
PS  
PRT  
(black)  
PRT  
(black)  
5
SYS When the value  
decreases, the width of  
1
1
1
<0-9>  
5
<0-9>  
255  
text becomes wider.  
PCL  
SYS  
Dot size adjustment in  
black printing  
PRT  
SYS Adjusts the dot size of  
primary scanning direc-  
tion in black printing.  
The smaller the value  
is, the dot becomes  
smaller.  
(black) <0-255>  
664  
Image  
Image  
Upper limit in  
toner saving  
mode  
PS  
PRT  
(black) <0-255>  
PRT 176  
(black) <0-255>  
PPC  
176  
SYS When the value  
decreases, the printing  
1
1
4
4
4
4
4
density becomes  
lighter.  
665  
PCL  
SYS  
667-0  
667-1  
667-2  
667-3  
667-4  
Setting beam  
level conver-  
sion  
Beam  
0
M
Sets the beam level for  
4 divided smoothing.  
The primary scanning  
direction is divided into  
4 and the dot width is  
set at the 5 levels (incl.  
level 0). The smaller  
the value is, the smaller  
the primary scanning  
direction of the dot  
level 0/4 (black) <0-255>  
Beam PPC 63  
level 1/4 (black) <0-255>  
Beam PPC 127  
level 2/4 (black) <0-255>  
Beam PPC 191  
level 3/4 (black) <0-255>  
Beam PPC 255  
level 4/4 (black) <0-255>  
M
M
M
M
becomes.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 62  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
22  
693  
Image  
Range correc- Text/Photo PPC  
SYS Sets whether the values  
of the background peak  
and text peak are fixed  
or not. Ones place is  
1
tion on origi-  
nal set on the  
RADF  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
31-34,  
2
41-44>  
an adjustment for auto-  
matic densityand tens  
place is for manual  
density. Once they are  
fixed, the range correc-  
tion is performed with  
standard values.  
The values of the back-  
ground peak and text  
peak affect the repro-  
duction of the back-  
ground density and text  
density respectively.  
1: fixed/fixed  
694  
695  
Photo  
Text  
PPC  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
12  
SYS  
SYS  
1
1
31-34,  
41-44>  
PPC  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
22  
2: varied/fixed  
3: fixed/varied  
4: varied/varied  
31-34,  
41-44>  
*
Background peak/  
Text peak  
700  
701  
Image  
Adjustment of  
binarized  
threshold  
(Text)  
Center  
value  
FAX  
125  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image of  
1
1
(black) <0-255>  
center value density  
becomes darker.  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at the  
density adjustment.  
When the value  
Light step  
value  
FAX  
20  
(black) <0-255>  
increases, the image of  
lightside becomes  
lighter.  
702  
710  
Dark step  
value  
FAX  
20  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at the  
density adjustment.  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image of  
the center step density  
1
1
(black) <0-255>  
Image  
Image  
Density  
Photo  
FAX  
128  
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
adjustment/  
Center value  
(black) <0-255>  
becomes darker.  
714  
715  
Text/Photo  
Photo  
FAX  
128  
SYS  
1
1
(black) <0-255>  
Density  
FAX  
20  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at the  
density adjustment.  
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
adjustment/  
Light step  
value  
(black) <0-255>  
When the value  
increases, the image of  
the lightsteps  
719  
Text/Photo  
FAX  
20  
SYS  
1
(black) <0-255>  
becomes lighter.  
720  
724  
Image  
Density  
Photo  
FAX  
(black) <0-255>  
FAX 20  
(black) <0-255>  
20  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at the  
1
1
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
adjustment/  
Dark step  
value  
density adjustment.  
When the value  
Text/Photo  
SYS  
increases, the image of  
the darksteps  
becomes darker.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 63  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
725  
729  
Image  
Density  
Photo  
FAX  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
SYS  
1
1
adjustment  
automatic  
densityfine  
adjustment  
(black) <0-255>  
FAX 128  
(black) <0-255>  
becomes darker.  
Text/Photo  
825  
826  
827  
828  
Image  
Range correc- Text/Photo SCN  
12  
SYS Sets whether the values  
of the background peak  
and text peak are fixed  
or not. Ones place is  
1
1
1
1
tion on origi-  
nal manually  
set on the  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
31-34,  
41-44>  
12  
original glass  
an adjustment for auto-  
matic densityand tens  
place is for manual  
density. Once they are  
fixed, the range correc-  
tion is performed with  
standard values. The  
values of the back-  
ground peak and text  
peak affect the repro-  
duction of the back-  
ground density and text  
density respectively.  
1: fixed/fixed  
Text  
SCN  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
31-34,  
41-44>  
12  
Photo  
SCN  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
31-34,  
41-44>  
12  
Gray scale SCN  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
2: varied/fixed  
3: fixed/varied  
4: varied/varied  
31-34,  
41-44>  
*
Background peak/  
Text peak  
830  
831  
832  
833  
Image  
Range correc- Text/Photo SCN  
12  
SYS Sets whether the values  
of the background peak  
and text peak are fixed  
or not. Ones place is  
1
1
1
1
tion on origi-  
nal set on the  
RADF  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
31-34,  
41-44>  
12  
an adjustment for auto-  
matic densityand tens  
place is for manual  
density. Once they are  
fixed, the range correc-  
tion is performed with  
standard values.  
The values of the back-  
ground peak and text  
peak affect the repro-  
duction of the back-  
ground density and text  
density respectively.  
1: fixed/fixed  
Text  
SCN  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
31-34,  
41-44>  
12  
Photo  
SCN  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
31-34,  
41-44>  
12  
Gray scale SCN  
(black) <11-14,  
21-24,  
2: varied/fixed  
3: fixed/varied  
4: varied/varied  
31-34,  
41-44>  
*
Background peak/  
Text peak  
835  
836  
837  
838  
Image  
Range correc- Text/Photo SCN  
tion Back-  
56  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 48  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 16  
(black) <0-255>  
Gray scale SCN 32  
(black) <0-255>  
SYS When the value  
increases, the back-  
1
1
1
1
ground peak  
adjustment  
ground of the image  
(low density area)  
becomes harder to be  
printed out.  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Photo  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 64  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
840  
Image  
Sharpness  
adjustment  
Text/Photo SCN  
(black)  
0
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
becomes sharper.  
1
1
1
1
<0-31>  
When the value  
841  
842  
843  
Text  
SCN  
(black)  
0
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
2
decreases, the image  
becomes softer.  
<0-31>  
The smaller the value  
is, the less the moire  
becomes.  
Photo  
SCN  
(black)  
0
<0-31>  
*
The default value 0  
is equivalent to 16  
(center value).  
Gray scale SCN  
(black)  
0
<0-31>  
845  
846  
847  
848  
Image  
Density  
Text/Photo SCN  
128  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
1
1
1
1
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
adjustment/  
Center value  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
becomes darker.  
Text  
SYS  
Photo  
SYS  
Image  
Image  
Fine adjustment of back-  
ground / Center value  
SYS When the value  
increases, the back-  
ground becomes  
darker.  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image of  
(black) <0-255>  
850  
851  
852  
Density  
Text/Photo SCN  
20  
1
1
1
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
adjustment/  
Light step  
value  
(black) <0-255>  
the lightsteps  
becomes lighter.  
Text  
SCN  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 20  
(black) <0-255>  
20  
SYS  
Photo  
SYS  
853  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Fine adjustment of back-  
ground / Light step value  
(Image smoothing)  
SCN 50  
(black) <0-255>  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at  
background adjust-  
1
ment. When the value  
increases, the back-  
ground of the light”  
steps becomes lighter.  
855  
856  
857  
Density  
Text/Photo SCN  
20  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image of  
1
1
1
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
(black) <0-255>  
the darksteps  
becomes darker.  
Text  
SCN  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 20  
(black) <0-255>  
20  
SYS  
adjustment/  
Dark step  
value  
Photo  
SYS  
858  
Fine adjustment of back-  
ground / Dark step value  
(Image smoothing)  
SCN 50  
(black) <0-255>  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at  
background adjust-  
1
ment. When the value  
increases, the back-  
ground of the dark”  
steps becomes darker.  
860  
861  
862  
Density  
Text/Photo SCN  
128  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
1
1
1
adjustment  
automatic  
densityfine  
adjustment  
(black) <0-255>  
becomes darker.  
Text  
SCN  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
128  
SYS  
Photo  
SYS  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 65  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
880-0  
880-1  
880-2  
881-0  
881-1  
881-2  
882-0  
882-1  
882-2  
883-0  
883-1  
883-2  
884  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Adjustment of  
L
M
H
L
SCN  
SYS When the value  
increases, the density  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
gamma bal-  
ance (Text/  
Photo)  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(black) <0-255>  
in the target area  
becomes higher.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density area  
H: High density area  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance (Text)  
M
H
L
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance (Photo)  
M
H
L
Adjustment of  
gamma bal-  
ance (Gray  
scale)  
M
H
Reproduction ratio fine  
adjustment of primary  
scanning direction  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
reproduction ratio of pri-  
mary scanning direction  
increases by approx.  
0.1%.  
Effective with the reso-  
lution other than 600  
dpi.  
953-0  
953-1  
953-2  
953-3  
Image  
Color devia-  
tion correc-  
tion 3  
K
C
M
Y
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
M
M
M
M
When the value  
4
4
4
4
increases by "1", the  
image shifts toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper by 0.0423 mm.  
(A4/LT)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 66  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
954-0  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Color devia-  
tion correc-  
tion 4  
K
C
M
Y
K
C
M
Y
K
C
M
Y
ALL  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
128  
<118-  
138>  
M
When the value  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
increases by "1", the  
image shifts toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper by 0.0423 mm.  
(A4/LT)  
954-1  
954-2  
954-3  
955-0  
955-1  
955-2  
955-3  
956-0  
956-1  
956-2  
956-3  
976  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
2
Color devia-  
tion correc-  
tion 5  
When the value  
increases by "1", the  
image shifts toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper by 0.0423 mm.  
(A4/LT)  
Color devia-  
tion correc-  
tion 6  
When the value  
increases by "1", the  
image shifts toward the  
trailing edge of the  
paper by 0.0423 mm.  
(A4/LT)  
Mainte- Equipment number (serial  
nance  
-
SYS When this adjustment is  
performed with this  
code, the setting code  
(08-995) is also per-  
formed automatically.  
(10 digits)  
number) display  
1000  
1001  
1002  
1003  
Image  
Automatic  
gamma  
adjustment  
PS/  
600x600  
dpi  
PRT  
(color)  
-
-
-
-
SYS Adjusts the gradation  
reproduction for each  
color, Y, M, C and K.  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
7
7
7
7
PS/  
PRT  
1200x600 (color)  
dpi  
PCL/  
600x600  
dpi  
PCL/  
1200x600 (color)  
dpi  
PRT  
(color)  
PRT  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 67  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
1010-0  
1010-1  
1010-2  
1011-0  
1011-1  
1011-2  
1012-0  
1012-1  
1012-2  
1013-0  
1013-1  
1013-2  
1014-0  
1014-1  
1014-2  
1015-0  
1015-1  
1015-2  
1016-0  
1016-1  
1016-2  
1017-0  
1017-1  
1017-2  
1018-0  
1018-1  
1018-2  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Color bal-  
L
M
H
L
PRT  
SYS The target color, mode  
and density area  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(PS/  
600x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
become darker as the  
value increases.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density  
area  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(PS/  
600x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
H: High density area  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(PS/  
600x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(PS/  
600x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(PS/  
600x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(PS/  
600x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(PS/  
600x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(PS/  
600x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(PS/  
1200x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 68  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
1019-0  
1019-1  
1019-2  
1020-0  
1020-1  
1020-2  
1021-0  
1021-1  
1021-2  
1022-0  
1022-1  
1022-2  
1023-0  
1023-1  
1023-2  
1024-0  
1024-1  
1024-2  
1025-0  
1025-1  
1025-2  
1026-0  
1026-1  
1026-2  
1027-0  
1027-1  
1027-2  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Color bal-  
L
M
H
L
PRT  
SYS The target color, mode  
and density area  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(PS/  
1200x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
become darker as the  
value increases.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density  
area  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
2
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(PS/  
1200x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
H: High density area  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(PS/  
1200x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(PS/  
1200x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(PS/  
1200x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(PS/  
1200x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(PS/  
1200x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(PCL/  
600x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(PCL/  
600x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 69  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
1028-0  
1028-1  
1028-2  
1029-0  
1029-1  
1029-2  
1030-0  
1030-1  
1030-2  
1031-0  
1031-1  
1031-2  
1032-0  
1032-1  
1032-2  
1033-0  
1033-1  
1033-2  
1034-0  
1034-1  
1034-2  
1035-0  
1035-1  
1035-2  
1036-0  
1036-1  
1036-2  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Color bal-  
L
M
H
L
PRT  
SYS The target color, mode  
and density area  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(PCL/  
600x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
become darker as the  
value increases.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density  
area  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(PCL/  
600x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
H: High density area  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(PCL/  
600x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(PCL/  
600x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(PCL/  
600x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(PCL/  
600x600dpi/  
Detail)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(PCL/  
1200x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(PCL/  
1200x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(PCL/  
1200x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
M
H
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 70  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
1037-0  
1037-1  
1037-2  
1038-0  
1038-1  
1038-2  
1039-0  
1039-1  
1039-2  
1040-0  
1040-1  
1040-2  
1041-0  
1041-1  
1041-2  
1046-0  
1046-1  
1047-0  
1047-1  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Color bal-  
L
M
PRT  
SYS The target color, mode  
and density area  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(PCL/  
1200x600dpi/  
Smooth)  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 255  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 255  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 255  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 255  
(color) <0-255>  
become darker as the  
value increases.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density  
area  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
2
H
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(PCL/  
1200x600dpi/  
Detail)  
L
H: High density area  
M
H
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(PCL/  
1200x600dpi/  
Detail)  
L
M
H
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(PCL/  
1200x600dpi/  
Detail)  
L
M
H
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(PCL/  
1200x600dpi/  
Detail)  
L
M
H
Image  
Image  
Adjustment of  
maximum  
toner amount  
(Plain paper)  
PS  
PCL  
PS  
PCL  
SYS When the value  
decreases, the image  
becomes lighter.  
Note:  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
When the value  
Adjustment of  
maximum  
toner amount  
(Thick paper  
1)  
increases, the  
image offsetting  
may occur.  
1048-0  
1048-1  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Adjustment of  
maximum  
toner amount  
(Thick paper  
2)  
Adjustment of  
maximum  
toner amount  
(Thick paper  
3)  
PS  
PRT  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 255  
(color) <0-255>  
255  
SYS  
SYS  
4
4
PCL  
1049-0  
1049-1  
PS  
PRT  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 255  
(color) <0-255>  
255  
SYS  
SYS  
4
4
PCL  
1050-0  
1050-1  
Adjustment of  
maximum  
toner amount  
(OHP film)  
PS  
PRT  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 200  
(color) <0-255>  
200  
SYS  
SYS  
4
4
PCL  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 71  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
176  
1055  
1056  
1057  
1058  
1060  
Image  
Upper limit in toner saving  
mode  
PRT  
SYS When the value  
decreases, the printing  
1
1
1
1
1
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 176  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 176  
(color) <0-255>  
PRT 176  
(color) <0-255>  
SCN 128  
(color) <0-255>  
density becomes  
lighter.  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Image  
Reproduction ratio fine  
adjustment of primary  
scanning direction  
SYS When the value  
increases by 1, the  
reproduction ratio of pri-  
mary scanning direction  
increases by approx.  
0.1%.  
Effective with the reso-  
lution other than 600  
dpi.  
1065  
1066  
Image  
Image  
Judgment threshold for  
ACS  
Judgment threshold for  
ACS on original set on the (color) <0-255>  
RADF  
SCN  
(color) <0-255>  
SCN 70  
70  
SYS When the value  
increases, originals  
1
1
tend to be judged as  
monochrome, and  
when the value  
SYS  
decreases, they tend to  
be judged as color in  
autocolor mode.  
1070  
1071  
1072  
1075  
1076  
1077  
1080  
1081  
1082  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Fine adjust-  
ment of back-  
ground  
Text  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
0
SYS Adjusts the level of  
background. When the  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
<0-50>  
value increases, the  
background becomes  
more brightened.  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
0
SYS  
<0-50>  
0
SYS  
<0-50>  
Fine adjust-  
ment of black  
density  
Text  
0
SYS Adjusts the black den-  
sity of the scanned  
<0-4>  
0
<0-4>  
0
<0-4>  
0
<0-3>  
0
image. When the value  
increases, the black  
density becomes  
darker.  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
SYS  
SYS  
RGB conver- Text  
sion method  
selection  
SYS Sets the color space  
format of the output  
image.  
0: sRGB  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
SYS  
<0-3>  
0
<0-3>  
1: AppleRGB  
2: ROMMRGB  
3: AdobeRGB  
SCN  
(color)  
SYS  
1086  
1087  
1088  
Image  
Sharpness  
adjustment  
Text  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
SCN  
(color)  
0
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
1
1
1
<0-31>  
becomes sharper.  
When the value  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
0
SYS  
<0-31>  
decreases, the image  
becomes softer.  
0
SYS  
<0-31>  
The smaller the value  
is, the less the moire  
becomes.  
*
The default value 0  
is equivalent to 16  
(center value).  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 72  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
1550  
1551  
1552  
1553  
1554  
1560  
1561  
1562  
1563  
1564  
1570  
1571  
1572  
1573  
1574  
1580  
1581  
1582  
1583  
1584  
1612  
1613  
1614  
1615  
1616  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Density  
Text/Photo PPC  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
adjustment/  
Center value  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
Text/Photo PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
Text/Photo PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 20  
(color) <0-255>  
Text/Photo PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 255  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 249  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 237  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 237  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 249  
(color) <0-255>  
becomes darker.  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
2
Printed  
image  
Photo  
Map  
Density  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at the  
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
adjustment/  
Dark step  
value  
density adjustment.  
When the value  
increases, the image of  
the darksteps  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
becomes darker.  
Map  
Density  
SYS Sets the changing  
amount by 1 step at the  
adjustment  
manual den-  
sityfine  
adjustment/  
Light step  
value  
density adjustment.  
When the value  
increases, the image of  
the lightsteps  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
becomes lighter.  
Map  
Density  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
adjustment  
automatic  
densityfine  
adjustment  
becomes darker.  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
Map  
Adjustment of  
maximum  
toner amount  
Plain  
paper  
Thick  
paper 1  
Thick  
paper 2  
Thick  
paper 3  
SYS When the value  
decreases, the image  
becomes lighter.  
Note:  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
When the value  
increases,  
image offsetting  
may occur.  
OHP film  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 73  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1630  
1631  
1632  
1633  
1642  
Image  
Maximum text  
density  
adjustment  
Y
M
C
K
PPC  
(color)  
PPC  
(color)  
PPC  
(color)  
PPC  
(color)  
5
SYS When the value  
1
1
1
1
7
<0-10>  
increases by 1, the  
maximum text density  
of each color becomes  
darker.  
5
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
<0-10>  
5
<0-10>  
5
<0-10>  
Image  
Automatic  
gamma  
adjustment  
Color/  
Black  
PPC  
-
SYS Automatic adjustment  
of gradation reproduc-  
tion in the Full Color  
Mode (each color of Y,  
M, C and K) and Black  
Mode.  
1643  
Color  
PPC  
PPC  
-
SYS Automatic adjustment  
of gradation reproduc-  
tion in the Full Color  
Mode (each color of Y,  
M, C and K).  
SYS When the value  
increases, originals  
tend to be judged as  
black, and when the  
7
1675  
1676  
Image  
Judgment threshold for  
ACS  
70  
1
1
(color) <0-255>  
value decreases, they  
tend to be judged as  
color in auto-color  
mode.  
Image  
Image  
Judgment threshold for  
ACS on original set on the (color) <0-255>  
RADF  
PPC  
70  
SYS  
1688  
1689  
1690  
1691  
1692  
1693  
1694  
1695  
1696  
1697  
Automatic off- Text/Photo PPC  
128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
Automatic off- Text/Photo PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
SYS When the value  
increases, the back-  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
setting adjust-  
ment for  
background  
processing  
(background  
density)  
ground becomes  
darker.  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
Map  
Image  
SYS When the value  
increases, the text  
setting adjust-  
ment for  
background  
processing  
(text density)  
becomes darker.  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
Map  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 74  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
1698  
1699  
1700  
1701  
1702  
1708  
1709  
1710  
1711  
1712  
1725  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Manual offset- Text/Photo PPC  
SYS When the value  
increases, the back-  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ting adjust-  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
Manual offset- Text/Photo PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
ment for  
ground becomes  
darker.  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
background  
processing  
(background  
density)  
2
Printed  
image  
Photo  
Map  
SYS When the value  
increases, the text  
ting adjust-  
ment for  
background  
processing  
(text density)  
becomes darker.  
Text  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Printed  
image  
Photo  
Map  
Text/Photo reproduction  
level adjustment  
PPC  
(color)  
0
SYS 0: Default  
1: Photo oriented 2  
<0-5>  
(The printed image  
reproduction level  
higher than that of  
the Photo oriented  
1)  
2: Photo oriented 1  
(The printed image  
reproduction level  
higher than that of  
the Default)  
3: Equivalent to the  
Default  
4: Text oriented 1 (The  
text reproduction  
level higher than  
that of the Default)  
5: Text oriented 2 (The  
text reproduction  
level higher than  
that of the Text ori-  
ented 1)  
1737  
1738  
1739  
1740  
1741  
Image  
Sharpness  
adjustment /  
Full Color  
Mode  
Text/Photo PPC  
(color)  
0
SYS When the value  
1
1
1
1
1
<0-31>  
increases, the image  
becomes sharper.  
When the value  
Text  
PPC  
(color)  
0
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
<0-31>  
decreases, the image  
becomes softer.  
Printed  
image  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-31>  
The smaller the value  
is, the less the moire  
becomes.  
Photo  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-31>  
Map  
PPC  
(color)  
0
*
The default value 0  
is equivalent to 16  
(center value).  
<0-31>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 75  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1757  
Image  
Sharpness adjustment /  
Auto Color Mode (Text/  
Photo)  
PPC  
(color)  
EUR: 0  
UC: 0  
JAPN: 22  
<0-31>  
SYS When the value  
increases, the image  
becomes sharper.  
When the value  
1
decreases, the image  
becomes softer. The  
smaller the value is, the  
less the moire  
becomes.  
*
The default value 0  
is equivalent to  
16(center value).  
1761  
Image  
Image  
Black reproduction switch-  
ing  
PPC  
(color)  
0
SYS 0: Default  
1: Black reproduction  
oriented  
SYS Sets the reproduction  
mode for highlighter for  
1
<0-1>  
1769  
1770  
Setting for  
highlighter  
Vivid  
PPC  
(color)  
PPC  
(color)  
PPC  
(color)  
PPC  
(color)  
0
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
<0-2>  
0
<0-2>  
0
<0-2>  
0
<0-2>  
128  
four types of one touch  
adjustment.  
0: Default  
1: Highlighter 1  
2: Highlighter 2  
Clear  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
1771  
Warm  
Cool  
L
1772  
1779-0  
1779-1  
1779-2  
1780-0  
1780-1  
1780-2  
1781-0  
1781-1  
1781-2  
1782-0  
1782-1  
1782-2  
1783-0  
1783-1  
1783-2  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Color bal-  
PPC  
SYS The target color, mode  
and density area  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(Text/Photo)  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
become darker as the  
value increases.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density  
area  
M
H
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(Text)  
L
H: High density area  
M
H
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(Printed  
L
M
H
image)  
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(Photo)  
L
M
H
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for Y”  
(Map)  
L
M
H
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 76  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
1784-0  
1784-1  
1784-2  
1785-0  
1785-1  
1785-2  
1786-0  
1786-1  
1786-2  
1787-0  
1787-1  
1787-2  
1788-0  
1788-1  
1788-2  
1789-0  
1789-1  
1789-2  
1790-0  
1790-1  
1790-2  
1791-0  
1791-1  
1791-2  
1792-0  
1792-1  
1792-2  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Color bal-  
L
M
H
L
PPC  
SYS The target color, mode  
and density area  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(Text/Photo)  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
become darker as the  
value increases.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density  
area  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
2
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(Text)  
H: High density area  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(Printed  
M
H
L
image)  
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(Photo)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for M”  
(Map)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(Text/Photo)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(Text)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(Printed  
M
H
L
image)  
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(Photo)  
M
H
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 77  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
128  
1793-0  
1793-1  
1793-2  
1794-0  
1794-1  
1794-2  
1795-0  
1795-1  
1795-2  
1796-0  
1796-1  
1796-2  
1797-0  
1797-1  
1797-2  
1798-0  
1798-1  
1798-2  
1800-0  
1800-1  
1800-2  
1800-3  
1801-0  
1801-1  
1801-2  
1801-3  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Image  
Color bal-  
L
M
H
L
PPC  
SYS The target color, mode  
and density area  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ance adjust-  
ment for C”  
(Map)  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
PPC 128  
(color) <0-255>  
become darker as the  
value increases.  
L: Low density area  
M: Medium density  
area  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
M
Color bal-  
H: High density area  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(Text/Photo)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(Text)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(Printed  
M
H
L
image)  
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(Photo)  
M
H
L
Color bal-  
ance adjust-  
ment for K”  
(Map)  
M
H
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Upper limit  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
650  
<0-999>  
650  
<0-999>  
650  
<0-999>  
600  
<0-999>  
120  
<0-999>  
120  
<0-999>  
120  
<0-999>  
120  
<0-999>  
Sets the upper limit  
value of the contrast  
voltage at the image  
quality control. (Unit: V)  
control value of con-  
trast voltage  
M
M
M
Image  
control value of con-  
trast voltage  
Lower limit  
M
Sets the lower limit  
value of the contrast  
voltage at the image  
quality control. (Unit: V)  
M
M
M
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 78  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
800  
<0-999>  
800  
<0-999>  
800  
<0-999>  
800  
<0-999>  
350  
<0-999>  
350  
<0-999>  
350  
<0-999>  
350  
<0-999>  
125  
<0-999>  
125  
<0-999>  
125  
<0-999>  
125  
<0-999>  
979  
<0-999>  
979  
<0-999>  
979  
<0-999>  
1802-0  
1802-1  
1802-2  
1802-3  
1803-0  
1803-1  
1803-2  
1803-3  
1804-0  
1804-1  
1804-2  
1804-3  
1805-0  
1805-1  
1805-2  
1805-3  
1806-0  
Image  
control value of laser  
power  
Upper limit  
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Sets the upper limit  
value of the laser power  
at the image quality  
control. (Unit: µW)  
4
4
2
4
4
Image  
control value of laser  
Lower limit  
Sets the lower limit  
value of the laser power  
at the image quality  
control. (Unit: µW)  
4
power  
4
4
4
Image  
control voltage actual  
value display  
Background  
Displays the back-  
ground voltage when  
printing is operated.  
(Unit: V)  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
Image  
control potential char-  
acteristic/  
Drum surface  
Displays the slope fac-  
tor of the approximate  
expression of the drum  
surface potential to the  
main charger grid volt-  
age at the open-loop  
control.  
slope factor  
display  
990  
<0-999>  
-6  
<-999-  
999>  
Image  
Drum surface  
Displays the offset fac-  
tor of the approximate  
expression of the drum  
surface potential to the  
main charger grid volt-  
age at the open-loop  
control.  
control potential char-  
acteristic/off-  
set factor  
1806-1  
1806-2  
1806-3  
M
C
K
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-6  
<-999-  
999>  
-6  
<-999-  
999>  
M
M
M
10  
10  
10  
display  
-4  
<-999-  
999>  
1807-0  
1807-1  
1807-2  
1807-3  
Image  
Drum expo-  
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
58  
<0-999>  
58  
<0-999>  
58  
<0-999>  
60  
<0-999>  
M
M
M
M
Displays the slope fac-  
tor of the approximate  
expression of the drum  
exposure voltage to the  
main charger grid volt-  
age at the open-loop  
control.  
10  
10  
10  
10  
control sure voltage  
characteristic/  
slope factor  
display (main  
charger grid  
low voltage  
area)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 79  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1808-0  
Image  
Drum expo-  
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
35  
<-999-  
999>  
35  
<-999-  
999>  
35  
<-999-  
999>  
M
Displays the offset fac-  
tor of the approximate  
expression of the drum  
exposure voltage to the  
main charger grid volt-  
age at the open-loop  
control.  
10  
10  
10  
10  
control sure voltage  
characteristic/  
offset factor  
display (main  
charger grid  
low voltage  
1808-1  
1808-2  
1808-3  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
M
M
M
area)  
42  
<-999-  
999>  
1809-0  
1809-1  
1809-2  
1809-3  
1810-0  
Image  
Drum expo-  
Y
M
C
K
Y
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
49  
<0-999>  
49  
<0-999>  
49  
<0-999>  
53  
<0-999>  
41  
<-999-  
999>  
41  
<-999-  
999>  
41  
<-999-  
999>  
M
M
M
M
M
Displays the slope fac-  
tor of the approximate  
expression of the drum  
exposure voltage to the  
main charger grid volt-  
age at the open-loop  
control.  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
control sure voltage  
characteristic/  
slope factor  
display (main  
charger grid  
high voltage  
area)  
Image  
Drum expo-  
Displays the offset fac-  
tor of the approximate  
expression of the drum  
exposure voltage to the  
main charger grid volt-  
age at the open-loop  
control.  
control sure voltage  
characteristic/  
offset factor  
1810-1  
1810-2  
1810-3  
M
C
K
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
M
M
M
10  
10  
10  
display (main  
charger grid  
high voltage  
area)  
47  
<-999-  
999>  
1811-0  
1811-1  
1811-2  
1811-3  
1812-0  
1812-1  
1812-2  
1812-3  
Image  
control age/upper  
limit actual  
Contrast volt-  
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
500  
<0-999>  
500  
<0-999>  
500  
<0-999>  
600  
<0-999>  
120  
<0-999>  
120  
<0-999>  
120  
<0-999>  
120  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Displays the upper limit  
value of the contrast  
voltage when printing is  
operated. (Unit: V)  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
value display  
Image  
control age/lowerlimit  
Contrast volt-  
Displays the lower limit  
value of the contrast  
voltage when printing is  
operated. (Unit: V)  
actual value  
display  
<0-999>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 80  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
PPC  
able  
value>  
170  
<0-999>  
170  
<0-999>  
170  
<0-999>  
170  
<0-999>  
80  
<0-999>  
80  
<0-999>  
80  
<0-999>  
1813-0  
1813-1  
1813-2  
1813-3  
1814-0  
1814-1  
1814-2  
1814-3  
1815-0  
1815-1  
1815-2  
1815-3  
1816-0  
1816-1  
1816-2  
1816-3  
1817  
Image  
Display of  
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
Y
M
C
K
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Displays the upper limit  
value of the background  
voltage when printing is  
operated. (Unit: V)  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
2
control background  
voltage/upper  
limit actual  
2
value  
Image  
control voltage/lower  
Background  
Displays the lower limit  
value of the background  
voltage when printing is  
operated. (Unit: V)  
limit actual  
value display  
80  
<0-999>  
Image  
control age/correc-  
tion number of  
Contrast volt-  
0
Displays the actual  
number of time the con-  
trast voltage has been  
corrected at the closed-  
loop control.  
<0-255>  
0
time display  
<0-255>  
0
<0-255>  
0
<0-255>  
Image  
control correction/  
number of  
Laser power  
0
Displays the actual  
number of time the  
laser power has been  
corrected at the closed-  
loop control.  
<0-255>  
0
time display  
<0-255>  
0
<0-255>  
0
<0-255>  
Image  
control display  
Laser power actual value  
92  
Displays the laser  
power value when  
copying in the Black  
Mode. (Bit value)  
(black) <0-255>  
1819  
1820  
Image  
control tor  
Laser power correcting fac- PPC  
100  
<100-  
255>  
M
M
Perform the correction  
of the setting 05-1817.  
(Unit: %)  
Displays the laser  
power value when print-  
ing in the Black Mode.  
(Bit value)  
1
2
(black)  
Image  
control display  
Laser power actual value  
PRT  
92  
(black) <0-255>  
1821  
Image  
control tor  
Laser power correcting fac- PRT  
100  
<100-  
255>  
M
Perform the correction  
of the setting 05-1820.  
(Unit: %)  
1
(black)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 81  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
92  
<0-255>  
88  
<0-255>  
90  
<0-255>  
90  
<0-255>  
90  
<0-255>  
1822-0 Transfer 2nd transfer  
roller bias cor-  
Plain  
paper  
Thick  
paper 1  
Thick  
paper 2  
Thick  
paper 3  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Corrects the 2nd trans-  
fer roller bias output of  
the trailing edge of  
paper (05-227, 229,  
230, 231 and 232).  
Correction factor: %  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
10  
10  
rection of trail-  
ing edge of  
paper  
1822-1  
1822-2  
1822-3  
1822-4  
OHP film  
1823-0 Transfer Display of  
intermediate  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
162  
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
when the actual printing  
is operated.  
(The value corrected in  
05-1822 is displayed.)  
(black) <0-255>  
ALL 139  
(black) <0-255>  
level of 2nd  
transfer roller  
bias actual  
value of trail-  
ing edge of  
paper  
1823-1  
duplexing  
1823-2  
1823-3  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
ALL  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL 133  
(color) <0-255>  
150  
M
M
10  
10  
(Plain paper)  
duplexing  
1825-0 Transfer Display of  
intermediate  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
duplexing  
Single  
side  
Reverse  
side at  
duplexing  
ALL  
(black) <0-255>  
ALL 127  
(black) <0-255>  
149  
M
M
10  
10  
level of 2nd  
transfe rroller  
bias actual  
value of trail-  
ing edge of  
paper  
1825-1  
1825-2  
1825-3  
ALL  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL 121  
(color) <0-255>  
133  
M
M
10  
10  
(Thick paper  
1)  
1826-0 Transfer Display of intermediate  
level of 2nd transfer roller  
ALL  
(black) <0-255>  
ALL 154  
(color) <0-255>  
157  
M
M
10  
10  
bias actual value of trailing  
edge of paper  
1826-1  
(Thick paper 2)  
1827-0 Transfer Display of intermediate  
level of 2nd transfer roller  
ALL  
(black) <0-255>  
ALL 137  
(color) <0-255>  
137  
M
M
10  
10  
bias actual value of trailing  
edge of paper  
1827-1  
(Thick paper 3)  
1828-0 Transfer Display of intermediate  
level of 2nd transfer roller  
ALL  
(black) <0-255>  
ALL 126  
(color) <0-255>  
126  
M
M
M
M
M
10  
10  
14  
14  
14  
bias actual value of trailing  
edge of paper (OHP film)  
1828-1  
1829-0 Transfer 1st transfer  
roller bias cor-  
Thick  
paper 2  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
80  
<0-100>  
80  
<0-100>  
Corrects the 1st trans-  
fer roller bias output.  
Correction factor: %  
rection at  
deceleration  
1829-1  
Thick  
paper 3  
1829-2  
OHP film  
80  
<0-100>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 82  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
187  
1831  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias  
actual value display at  
deceleration  
ALL  
M
Displays the value of  
1st transfer roller bias  
at deceleration when  
the actual printing is  
operated.  
2
2
2
2
(black) <0-255>  
(Thick paper 2)  
2
1832  
1833  
1836  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias  
actual value display at  
deceleration  
ALL  
187  
M
M
M
(The value corrected in  
05-1829 is displayed.)  
(black) <0-255>  
(Thick paper 3)  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias  
actual value display at  
deceleration  
ALL  
187  
(black) <0-255>  
(OHP film)  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias  
ALL  
178  
Displays the actual  
value of the 1st transfer  
roller bias when the  
transfers of all colors (Y,  
M, C and K) have fin-  
ished.  
actual value display in low- (color) <0-255>  
speed color printing  
(Plain paper / Thick paper  
1)  
This adjustment is valid  
only when the value of  
the code 08-497 is 1”  
(6 pages/minute).  
1839-0 Transfer 2nd transfer  
Intermedi-  
ALL  
100  
<0-100>  
M
Corrects the 2nd trans-  
fer roller bias output of  
leading/trailing edge of  
paper (05-1840).  
14  
roller bias cor- ate level  
rection of  
leading/trail-  
ing edge of  
paper  
bias of  
trailing  
edge  
Bias of  
leading/  
trailing  
edge  
(Correcting factor: %)  
1839-1  
ALL  
ALL  
90  
<0-100>  
M
M
M
14  
14  
14  
(Tab paper)  
1840-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias  
output adjustment  
153  
As the value decreases,  
the 2nd transfer roller  
bias output increases  
correspondingly.  
The adjustment value  
becomes effective  
when the Setting Mode  
(08-544, 549 and 551)  
is 0 (invalid).  
(black) <0-187>  
(Tab paper)  
1840-1  
ALL  
150  
(color) <0-187>  
1841-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias  
offsetting adjustment  
ALL  
(black)  
5
M
M
Sets the offset amount  
of 2nd transfer roller  
bias.  
4
4
<0-10>  
(Tab paper)  
0: -500V  
2: -300V  
4: -100V  
6: +100V  
8: +300V  
10: +500V  
1: -400V  
3: -200V  
5: 0V  
7: +200V  
9: +400V  
1841-1  
ALL  
(color)  
5
<0-10>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 83  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
153  
1842-0 Transfer Actual value  
Intermedi-  
ALL  
M
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
on the leading/trailing  
edge of paper when  
printing is performed.  
(The value corrected in  
05-1839 is displayed.)  
10  
display of 2nd  
transfer roller  
bias  
ate level (black) <0-225>  
bias of  
trailing  
edge  
of leading/  
trailing  
edge of paper  
(Tab paper)  
1842-1  
1842-2  
Bias of  
leading/  
trailing  
edge  
ALL  
157  
M
M
10  
10  
(black) <0-225>  
Intermedi-  
ate level  
bias of  
ALL  
150  
(color) <0-225>  
trailing  
edge  
1842-3  
Bias of  
leading/  
trailing  
edge  
ALL  
154  
M
10  
(color) <0-225>  
1845-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias  
actual value display  
ALL  
(black) <0-187>  
ALL 150  
(color) <0-187>  
153  
M
M
M
Displays the value of  
2nd transfer roller bias  
when printing is oper-  
ated.  
10  
10  
1
(Tab paper)  
1845-1  
1847  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias  
actual value display  
(Tab paper)  
ALL  
400  
<300-  
800>  
The drum surface  
potential at the 1st  
transfer bias resistance  
detection control is  
adjusted.  
[Unit: V]  
1848  
1849  
Transfer 1st transfer bias resis-  
tance detection control  
ALL  
ALL  
-
M
M
The result value of the  
1st transfer bias resis-  
tance detection control  
is displayed.  
[Unit: V]  
When the value  
decreases, the 1st  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
2
1
<0-9999>  
Result value display  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias out-  
put adjustment  
154  
(black) <0-225>  
This setting is enabled  
when "0" (disabled) is  
set at the codes 08-  
541, -549 and -551.  
1850-0 Transfer 1st transfer  
roller bias out-  
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
(color) <0-225>  
ALL 143  
(color) <0-225>  
ALL 154  
(color) <0-225>  
ALL 154  
(color) <0-225>  
ALL 154  
(black) <0-225>  
138  
M
M
M
M
M
When the value  
4
4
4
4
2
decreases, the 1st  
transfer roller bias out-  
put increases.  
This setting is enabled  
when "0" (disabled) is  
set at the codes 08-  
541, -549 and -551.  
put adjust-  
ment  
1850-1  
1850-2  
1850-3  
1861  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias RMS  
value display  
The RMS value of the  
1st transfer roller bias  
at the time of printing is  
displayed.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 84  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Adjustment mode (05)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
138  
1862-0 Transfer 1st transfer  
roller bias  
Y
M
C
K
ALL  
M
M
M
M
M
The RMS value of the  
1st transfer roller bias  
at the time of printing is  
displayed.  
10  
10  
10  
10  
1
(color) <0-225>  
ALL 143  
(color) <0-225>  
ALL 154  
(color) <0-225>  
ALL 154  
(color) <0-225>  
RMS value  
display  
1862-1  
1862-2  
1862-3  
1863  
2
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias  
resistance detection Cur-  
rent offset adjustment  
ALL  
5
The current offset  
amount of the 1st trans-  
fer roller bias resistance  
detection is adjusted.  
0: -10 1: -8 2: -6  
3: -4 4: -2 5: 0  
<0-10>  
6: +2 7: +4 8: +6  
9: +8 10: +10  
[Unit: A]  
1864  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias cor-  
rection at low-speed color  
printing  
ALL  
100  
M
The 1st transfer roller  
bias output after the  
completion of transfer  
of all colors (Y, M, C  
and K) is corrected.  
This setting is enabled  
when "1" (6 sheets/  
minute) is set at the  
code 08-497.  
1
(color) <0-100>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 85  
2.2.5  
Setting mode (08)  
The items in the setting code list can be set or changed in this setting mode (08).  
When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the  
[ENERGY SAVER] button for a few seconds.  
Procedure 1  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà  
Í»¬• ±®  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ö
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
½¸¿²¹»• ª¿´«»  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
*
Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).  
Procedure 2  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ß¼¶«•¬³»²¬ ª¿´«»  
½¿²²±¬ ¾» ½¸¿²¹»¼  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
Procedure 3  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øß«¬±³¿¬·½ •»¬¬·²¹÷  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔà ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
Procedure 4  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øÍ«¾ó½±¼»÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«»  
·² ÎßÓ÷  
ö
ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎà  
Í»¬• ±®  
½¸¿²¹»• ª¿´«»  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
*
Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 86  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Procedure 5  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
öÅØÛÔÐÃ  
Í»¬• ±®  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
½¸¿²¹»• ª¿´«»  
2
*
Press [HELP] to enter "-".  
Procedure 7  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øØÜÜ º±®³¿¬¬·²¹÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
øÍ»¬¬·²¹÷  
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
Procedure 9  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÍ»´»½¬ ¾«¬¬±²Ã  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
Procedure 10  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
ø •»¬¬·²¹÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øî²¼ •»¬¬·²¹÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
øͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 87  
Procedure 11 and 12  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
±®  
Åͱº¬©¿®» µ»§¾±¿®¼Ã  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎà ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
öîøͬ±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
öï  
ÅÓÑÒ×ÌÑÎñÐßËÍÛà  
Í»¬• ±®  
½¸¿²¹»• ª¿´«»  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
*1 Press [MONITOR/PAUSE] to enter "-", when entering telephone number.  
*2 The data are stored in SYS-RAM in procedure 11 and stored in NIC-RAM  
in procedure 12.  
Procedure 14  
ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ  
ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ  
ÅðÃÅèà  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øݱ¼»÷  
ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã  
øÍ«¾ó½±¼»÷  
ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ  
ÑÚÚñÑÒ  
øÛ¨·¬÷  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
ÅÍÌßÎÌà  
±®  
Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌà  
ß¼¶«•¬³»²¬ ª¿´«»  
½¿²²±¬ ¾» ½¸¿²¹»¼  
ÅÝÔÛßÎà  
øݱ®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 88  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Notes:  
1. The digit after the hyphen in Codeof the following table is a sub code.  
2. In RAM, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. M”  
stands for the LGC board, SYS, NICand UTYstands for the SYS board.  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
2
tion  
able  
value>  
200  
General Date and time setting  
ALL  
-
-
Year/month/date/day/  
hour/minute/second  
Example:  
5
<13 dig-  
its>  
03 07 0 13 13 27 48  
Day- 0is for Sun-  
day. Proceeds Monday  
through Saturday from  
1to 6.  
201  
202  
General Destination selection  
ALL  
ALL  
EUR: 0  
UC: 1  
JPN: 2  
<0-3>  
M
M
0: EUR  
1: UC  
2: JPN  
3: Other  
0: No external counter  
1: Coin controller  
1
1
User  
Counter installed externally  
0
interface  
<0-4>  
2: Copy key card  
3: Key copy counter  
4: Key card for OEM1  
203  
204  
General Line adjustment mode  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
0: For factory ship-  
ment  
1: For line  
1
1
<0-1>  
*
Field: 0must be  
selected  
User  
Auto-clear timer setting  
3
SYS Timer to return the  
equipment to the  
default settings when  
the [START] button is  
not pressed after the  
function and the mode  
are set  
interface  
<0-10>  
0: Not cleared  
1 to 10:  
Set number x 15  
sec.  
205  
User  
interface  
Auto power save mode  
timer setting  
ALL  
11  
SYS Timer to automatically  
switch to the energy  
saving mode when the  
equipment has not  
been used  
1
<0, 6-15>  
0: Invalid 6: 3min.  
7: 4min. 8: 5min.  
9: 7min.  
10: 10min.  
11: 15min.  
12: 20min.  
13: 30min.  
14: 45min.  
15: 60min.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 89  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
206  
User  
Auto Shut Off Mode timer  
ALL  
Refer to  
content  
<0-20>  
SYS Timer to enter the Sleep  
Mode automatically  
when the equipment  
has not been used  
0: 3min. 1: 5min.  
2: 10min. 3: 15min.  
4: 20min. 5: 25min.  
6: 30min. 7: 40min.  
8: 50min. 9: 60min.  
10: 70min.  
1
interface setting (Sleep Mode)  
11: 80min.  
12: 90min.  
13: 100min.  
14: 110min.  
15: 120min.  
16: 150min.  
17:180min.  
18: 210min.  
19:240min.  
20: Not used  
<Default value>  
e-STUDIO281c: 9  
e-STUDIO351c: 9  
e-STUDIO451c: 12  
207  
209  
User  
interface LCD  
Highlighting display on  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Black letter on white  
background  
1: White letter on black  
background  
SYS 0: TIFF (Multi)  
1: PDF (Multi)  
1
1
<0-1>  
User  
Default setting of filing for-  
1
interface mat when E-mailing (com- (color)  
mon in all color modes)  
<0-4>  
2: Not used  
3: TIFF (Single)  
4: PDF (Single)  
210  
218  
219  
220  
Paper  
Paper size (A6-R)  
PRT  
148/105  
<148-  
432/105-  
297>  
-
10  
1
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
User  
Default setting of filing for-  
SCN  
(color)  
1
SYS 0: TIFF (Multi)  
1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG  
3: TIFF (Single)  
interface mat when storing files  
(at color/ACS modes)  
<0-4>  
4: PDF (Single)  
User  
Default setting of filing for-  
ALL  
(black)  
0
SYS 0: TIFF (Multi)  
1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG  
3: TIFF (Single)  
1
interface mat when storing files  
<0-4>  
(at black mode)  
4: PDF (Single)  
User  
Language displayed at  
ALL  
EUR: 0  
UC: 0  
JPN: 5  
<0-6>  
SYS 0: Language 1  
1: Language 2  
2: Language 3  
3: Language 4  
4: Language 5  
5: Language 6  
6: Language 7  
1
interface power-ON  
221  
User  
Language selection in UI  
ALL  
EUR: 0  
UC: 0  
JPN: 5  
<0-6>  
SYS 0: Language 1  
1: Language 2  
2: Language 3  
3: Language 4  
4: Language 5  
5: Language 6  
6: Language 7  
1
interface data at Web power ON  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 90  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
223  
Mainte- Switching of output pages/  
ALL  
0
M
Selects the reference to  
notify the PM timing.  
(The message is dis-  
played on the LCD  
screen.)  
1
nance  
driving counts at PM  
<0-1>  
2
0: PM counter (The  
number of output  
pages is set at 08-  
251.)  
1: PM time counter  
(The timing is set at  
08-375.)  
224  
225  
Paper  
feeding  
Paper  
feeding drawer  
Paper size for bypass feed  
Paper size for upper  
PPC  
ALL  
UNDEF  
SYS Press the button on the  
LCD to select the size.  
9
9
EUR: A4  
UC: LT  
JPN: A4  
EUR: A3  
UC: LD  
JPN: A3  
EUR:  
A4-R  
UC:  
M
M
M
Press the button on the  
LCD to select the size.  
226  
227  
Paper  
feeding drawer  
Paper size for lower  
ALL  
ALL  
Press the button on the  
LCD to select the size.  
9
9
Paper  
feeding drawer  
Paper size for PFP upper  
Press the button on the  
LCD to select the size.  
LT-R  
JPN:  
A4-R  
228  
229  
Paper  
feeding drawer  
Paper size for PFP lower  
ALL  
ALL  
EUR: A4  
UC: LG  
JPN: B4  
420/297  
<182-  
M
M
Press the button on the  
LCD to select the size.  
9
Paper  
Paper size (A3)  
10  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
432/140-  
297>  
230  
231  
232  
233  
234  
235  
Paper  
Paper size (A4-R)  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
297/210  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
210/148  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
364/257  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
257/182  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
M
M
M
M
M
M
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (A5-R)  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (B4)  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (B5-R)  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (LT-R)  
279/216  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
432/279  
<182-  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (LD)  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
432/140-  
297>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 91  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
236  
Paper  
Paper size (LG)  
ALL  
356/216  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
216/140  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
356/257  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
330/210  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
330/216  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
216/216  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
432/279  
<148-  
432/105-  
297>  
148/100  
<148-  
432/100-  
297>  
390/270  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
270/195  
<182-  
432/140-  
297>  
457/305  
<182-  
457/140-  
305>  
148/100  
<148-  
432/100-  
297>  
148/100  
<148-  
432/100-  
297>  
148/100  
<148-  
432/100-  
297>  
M
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
237  
238  
239  
240  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
Paper  
Paper size (ST-R)  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
M
M
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (COMPUTER)  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (FOLIO)  
M
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (13LG)  
M
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (8.5X8.5)  
M
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (Non-standard)  
SYS  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Memory 1  
SYS Registers the paper  
size of bypass feed  
(non-standard type) into  
[MEMORY 1].  
M
M
M
feeding Paper size (bypass feed-  
ing/non-standard type)  
feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper size (8K)  
Paper  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (16K-R)  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Paper size (A3-wide)  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Paper  
Memory 2  
SYS Registers the paper  
size of bypass feed  
(non-standard type) into  
[MEMORY 2].  
SYS Registers the paper  
size of bypass feed  
(non-standard type) into  
[MEMORY 3].  
SYS Registers the paper  
size of bypass feed  
(non-standard type) into  
[MEMORY 4].  
feeding Paper size (bypass feed-  
ing/non-standard type)  
feeding/widthwise direction  
Memory 3  
Paper  
feeding Paper size (bypass feed-  
ing/non-standard type)  
feeding/widthwise direction  
Memory 4  
Paper  
feeding Paper size (bypass feed-  
ing/non-standard type)  
feeding/widthwise direction  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 92  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
250  
Mainte- Service technician tele-  
nance phone number  
ALL  
0
SYS A telephone number  
can be entered up to 32  
digits. Use the [MONI-  
TOR/PAUSE] button to  
enter a hyphen(-).  
11  
<32 dig-  
its>  
2
251  
Mainte- Setting value of PM  
nance counter  
ALL  
Refer to  
content  
<8 digits>  
M
<Default>  
e-STUDIO281c  
UC, EUR:  
1
100,000 JPN: 0  
e-STUDIO351c  
UC, EUR:  
120,000 JPN: 0  
e-STUDIO451c  
UC, EUR:  
150,000 JPN: 0  
252  
Mainte- Current value of PM  
nance counter Display/0 clearing  
ALL  
0
M
Counts up when the  
registration sensor is  
ON.  
1
<8 digits>  
253  
254  
Mainte- Error history display  
nance  
ALL  
-
SYS Displays the latest 20  
errors data  
2
1
Paper  
LT A4/LD A3  
PRT  
0
SYS Sets whether the data is  
printed on the different  
but similar size paper or  
not when the paper of  
corresponding size is  
not available.  
feeding  
<0-1>  
0: Valid (The data is  
printed on A4/A3  
when LT/LD is  
selected or vice  
versa.)  
1: Invalid (The mes-  
sage to use the  
selected paper size  
is displayed.)  
255  
Paper  
feeding  
PFP/LCF installation  
ALL  
0
M
0: Automatic  
1: PFP single-drawer  
type installed  
1
<0-4>  
2: PFP dual-drawer  
type installed  
3: LCF installed  
4: Not installed  
256  
257  
Paper  
feeding  
Paper size setting /LCF  
ALL  
ALL  
EUR: A4  
UC: LT  
JPN: A4  
M
-
Press the icon on the  
LCD to select the size.  
9
-
Counter Counter copy  
-
1: Electrical counter Æ  
Backup counter  
<1-2>  
(NVRAM  
SRAM)  
2: Backup counter Æ  
Electrical counter  
(SRAM  
NVRAM)  
(P. 2-207)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 93  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
258  
Mainte- FSMS acceptance  
nance  
ALL  
1
SYS Sets whether the FSMS  
connection is accepted  
or not.  
1
<0-2>  
0: Prohibited  
1: Accepted (serial  
connection only)  
2: Accepted (both  
serial and USB con-  
nections)  
259  
260  
Network Storage period at trail and  
private  
PRT  
ALL  
14  
<0-35>  
SYS 0: No limits  
1 to 30: 1 to 30 days  
31: 1 hour  
1
1
32: 2 hours  
33: 4 hours  
34: 8 hours  
35: 12 hours  
Network Web data retention period  
10  
<3 digits>  
SYS When a certain period  
of time has passed  
without operation after  
accessing TopAccess,  
the data being regis-  
tered is automatically  
reset. This period is set  
at this code.  
(Unit: Minute)  
263  
User  
Administrator's password  
ALL  
123456  
<10 dig-  
its>  
-
The password can be  
entered in alphabets  
and figures (A-Z, a-z  
and 0-9) within 10 dig-  
its.  
11  
interface (Maximum 10 digits)  
264  
265  
266  
267  
Network File retention period  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
30  
<0-999>  
30  
<2-30>  
30  
<2-30>  
SYS 0: No limits  
1 to 999: 1 to 999 days  
SYS 2 to 30 M bytes  
1
1
1
1
Network Maximum data capacity at  
E-mailing  
Network Maximum data capacity at  
Internet FAX  
SYS 2 to 30 M bytes  
Elec-  
tronic  
filing  
Full guarantee of docu-  
ments in Electronic Filing  
when HDD is full  
1
SYS Sets the file retention  
level when editing the  
files in the Electronic  
Filing (at CutDoc/Save-  
Doc command execu-  
tion).  
<0-1>  
0: Not full retained  
1: Fully retained  
Retains the source  
file until CutDoc/  
SaveDoc command  
is completed.  
*
The file is not  
deleted even if the  
HDD has become  
full during the exe-  
cution of command  
when 1is set.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 94  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
268  
User  
Binarizing level selection  
ALL  
3
SYS 0: Step -2  
1: Step -1  
1
interface (When judging as black in  
the ACS Mode)  
<1-5>  
2: Step 0 (center)  
3: Step 1  
4: Step 2  
2
*
The binarizing level  
of each step is set  
at 08-609.  
270  
271  
Elec-  
tronic  
filing  
Default setting of user box  
retention period  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the data retention  
period when creating a  
user box.  
1
1
<0-999>  
0: Not deleted  
1 to 999:  
Retention period  
(Unit: Day)  
SYS Sets the percentage of  
HDD partition filled  
when warning notifica-  
tion is sent.  
General Warning notification of the  
File Share and e-Filling  
90  
<0-100>  
partitions are filled  
0 to 100: 0 to 100%  
*
Related code  
08-288  
272  
273  
Scanning Notification setting of E-  
mail saving time limit  
ALL  
ALL  
3
SYS Sets the days left the  
notification of E-mail  
saving time limit  
appears  
0 to 99: 0 to 99 days  
SYS Sets the default value  
for the partial size of E-  
mail to be transmitted  
when creating a tem-  
plate.  
1
1
<0-99>  
Scanning Default setting of partial  
size when transmitting E-  
mail  
0
<0-6>  
0: Not divided  
1: 64  
3: 256  
5: 1024  
2: 128  
4: 512  
6: 2048 (Unit: KB)  
274  
FAX  
Default setting of page by  
page when transmitting  
Internet FAX  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the default value  
for the page by page of  
Internet FAX to be  
transmitted when creat-  
ing a template.  
1
<0-4>  
0: Not divided  
1: 256  
2: 512  
3: 1024  
4: 2048 (Unit: KB)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 95  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
276  
User  
Default setting of density  
SCN  
(black)  
0
SYS 0: Automatic density  
1: Step -5  
1
interface adjustment (Black)  
<0-11>  
2: Step -4  
3: Step -3  
4: Step -2  
5: Step -1  
6: Step 0 (center)  
7: Step +1  
8: Step +2  
9: Step +3  
10: Step +4  
11: Step +5  
(1 to 11: Manual den-  
sity)  
277  
278  
User  
Default setting of back-  
SCN  
(color)  
3
SYS 1: Step -2  
2: Step -1  
1
1
interface ground adjustment  
(Full Color)  
<1-5>  
3: Step 0 (center)  
4: Step +1  
5: Step +2  
User  
interface mode  
Default setting of color  
SCN  
0
SYS 0: Black  
1: Gray Scale  
2: Unused  
<0-4>  
3: Full Color  
4: Auto Color  
279  
280  
User  
Default setting of resolution  
SCN  
(color)  
2
SYS 0: 100 dpi  
1: 150 dpi  
2: 200 dpi  
3: 300dpi  
SYS 0: 100 dpi  
1: 150 dpi  
1
1
interface (Full Color)  
<0-3>  
User  
Default setting of resolution  
SCN  
(black)  
2
interface (Gray Scale)  
<0-4>  
2: 200 dpi  
3: 300dpi  
4: 400 dpi  
281  
User  
interface (Black)  
Default setting of resolution  
SCN  
(black)  
1
SYS 0: 150 dpi  
1: 200 dpi  
1
<0-4>  
2: 300 dpi  
3: 400dpi  
4: 600 dpi  
282  
283  
284  
285  
User  
Default setting of original  
SCN  
(color)  
0
SYS 0: Text  
1: Photo  
1
1
1
1
interface mode (Full Color)  
<0-2>  
2: Printed Image  
User  
Default setting of original  
SCN  
(black)  
0
SYS 0: Text  
1: Text/Photo  
2: Photo  
SYS 0: Single  
1: Book  
2: Tablet  
SYS 0: 0 degree  
1: 90 degrees  
interface mode (Black)  
<0-2>  
User  
interface mode  
Default setting of scanning  
SCN  
SCN  
0
<0-2>  
User  
interface mode  
Default setting of rotation  
0
<0-3>  
2: 180 degrees  
3: 270 degrees  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 96  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
286  
User  
Default setting of original  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Automatic  
1
interface paper size  
<0-22>  
1: A3  
3: LD  
2: A4  
4: LT  
5: A4-R 6: A5-R  
2
7: LT-R  
9: B4  
8: LG  
10: B5  
11: ST-R 12: COMP  
13: B5-R 14: FOLIO  
15: 13"LG 16: 8.5"x 8.5"  
18: A6-R  
19: Size mixed  
20: 8K  
21: 16K  
22: 16K-R  
288  
289  
General Searching interval of delet-  
ing expired files and check-  
ing capacity of HDD  
ALL  
ALL  
12  
<1-24>  
SYS Sets the search inter-  
val of deleting expired  
files and checking  
capacity of HDD parti-  
tions.  
1
1
partitions  
(Unit: Hour)  
*
Related code  
08-271  
User  
Default setting of back-  
3
SYS 1: Step -2  
2: Step -1  
interface ground adjustment  
(Gray Scale)  
<1-5>  
3: Step 0 (center)  
4: Step +1  
5: Step +2  
290  
291  
Network Raw printing job (Duplex)  
PRT  
PRT  
1
SYS 0: Valid  
1: Invalid  
SYS 0: LD  
1
1
<0-1>  
EUR: 6  
UC: 2  
JPN: 6  
<0 -13>  
Network Raw printing job  
(Paper size)  
1: LG  
3: COMP  
5: A3  
2: LT  
4: ST  
6: A4  
7: A5  
8: A6  
9: B4  
10: B5  
11: FOLIO  
12: 13 "LG  
13: 8.5" x 8.5"  
292  
Network Raw printing job  
(Paper type)  
PRT  
0
SYS 0: Plain paper  
1: Thick paper 1  
2: Thick paper 2  
3: Thick paper 3  
4: OHP film  
1
<0-5>  
5: Tab paper  
293  
294  
295  
Network Raw printing job  
(Paper direction)  
Network Raw printing job (Staple)  
PRT  
PRT  
PRT  
0
SYS 0: Portrait  
1: Landscape  
SYS 0: Valid  
1: Invalid  
SYS 0: Inner tray  
1: Finisher tray 1  
2: Finisher tray 2  
3: Unused  
1
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
0
Network Raw printing job (Exit tray)  
<0-6>  
4: Unused  
5: Unused  
6: Unused  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 97  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
296  
Network Raw printing job  
(Number of form lines)  
PRT  
1200  
<500-  
12800>  
SYS Sets the number of  
form lines from 5 to  
128. (A hundredfold of  
the number of form  
lines is defined as the  
setting value.)  
1
297  
298  
Network Raw printing job  
(PCL font pitch)  
PRT  
PRT  
1000  
<44-  
9999>  
SYS Sets the font pitch from  
0.44 to 99.99. (A hun-  
dredfold of the font  
pitch is defined as the  
setting value.)  
SYS Sets the font size from  
4 to 999.75.  
1
1
Network Raw printing job  
(PCL font size)  
1200  
<400-  
99975>  
(A hundredfold of the  
font size is defined as  
the setting value.)  
299  
300  
Network Raw printing job  
(PCL font number)  
PRT  
PPC  
PPC  
0
SYS Sets the PCL font num-  
ber.  
SYS 0: 999 1: 99 2: 9  
1
1
4
<0-79>  
User  
Maximum number of copy  
0
interface volume (MAX9)  
<0-2>  
0
301-0  
301-1  
301-2  
301-3  
301-4  
301-5  
301-6  
301-7  
301-8  
301-9  
301-10  
301-11  
301-12  
301-13  
301-14  
301-15  
301-16  
302  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
at Full Color  
Mode in  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
SYS Counts the output  
pages at the Full Color  
Mode in the Copier  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of largesized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
(color) <8 digits>  
Copier Func-  
tion  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
User  
Original counter display  
PPC  
EUR: 2  
UC: 0  
JPN: 0  
<0, 2, 4>  
SYS Sets whether the origi-  
nal counter is dis-  
played or not.  
1
interface  
0: Not displayed  
2: Displayed  
4: Displayed (Double-  
sized original is  
counted as 2.)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 98  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
303-0  
303-1  
303-2  
303-3  
303-4  
303-5  
303-6  
303-7  
303-8  
303-9  
303-10  
303-11  
303-12  
303-13  
303-14  
303-15  
303-16  
304-0  
304-1  
304-2  
304-3  
304-4  
304-5  
304-6  
304-7  
304-8  
304-9  
304-10  
304-11  
304-12  
304-13  
304-14  
304-15  
304-16  
Counter Number of  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
PRT  
SYS Counts the output  
pages at the Full Color  
Mode in the Printer  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of largesized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
output pages  
at Full Color  
Mode in  
Printer Func-  
tion  
(color) <8 digits>  
2
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
A3  
A4  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
at Twin Color  
Mode in  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the output  
pages at the Twin Color  
Mode in the Copier  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of largesized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
(color) <8 digits>  
A5  
A6  
B4  
Copier Func-  
tion  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 99  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
305-0  
305-1  
305-2  
305-3  
305-4  
305-5  
305-6  
305-7  
305-8  
305-9  
305-10  
305-11  
305-12  
305-13  
305-14  
305-15  
305-16  
306-0  
306-1  
306-2  
306-3  
306-4  
306-5  
306-6  
306-7  
306-8  
306-9  
306-10  
306-11  
306-12  
306-13  
306-14  
306-15  
306-16  
Counter Number of  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
PPC  
SYS Counts the output  
pages at the Black  
Mode in the Copier  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of large-sized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
output pages  
at Black Mode  
in Copier  
(black) <8 digits>  
Function  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
at Black Mode  
in Printer  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the output  
pages at the Black  
Mode in the Printer  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of large-sized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
(black) <8 digits>  
Function  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 100  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
307-0  
307-1  
307-2  
307-3  
307-4  
307-5  
307-6  
307-7  
307-8  
307-9  
307-10  
307-11  
307-12  
307-13  
307-14  
307-15  
307-16  
308-0  
308-1  
308-2  
308-3  
308-4  
308-5  
308-6  
308-7  
308-8  
308-9  
308-10  
308-11  
308-12  
308-13  
308-14  
308-15  
308-16  
Counter Number of  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
PRT  
SYS Counts the output  
pages at the List Print  
Mode for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of large-sized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
largesized paper (08-  
353).  
4
output pages  
at List Print  
Mode  
(black) <8 digits>  
2
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
in FAX Func-  
tion  
FAX  
0
SYS Counts the output  
pages in the FAX Func-  
tion for each paper size  
according to the setting  
for the count setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
352) and the definition  
setting of large-sized  
paper (08-353).  
4
<8 digits>  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 101  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
309-0  
309-1  
309-2  
309-3  
309-4  
309-5  
309-6  
309-7  
309-8  
309-9  
309-10  
309-11  
309-12  
309-13  
309-14  
309-15  
309-16  
310-0  
310-1  
310-2  
310-3  
310-4  
310-5  
310-6  
310-7  
310-8  
310-9  
310-10  
310-11  
310-12  
310-13  
310-14  
310-15  
310-16  
Counter Number of  
scanning  
A3  
PPC  
SYS Counts the scanning  
pages at the Full Color  
Mode in the Copier  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of large-sized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
(color) <8 digits>  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
pages at Full  
Color Mode in  
Copier Func-  
tion  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
A3  
Counter Number of  
scanning  
SCN  
0
SYS Counts the scanning  
pages at the Full Color  
Mode in the Scanning  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of large-sized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
(color) <8 digits>  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
pages at Full  
Color Mode in  
Scanning  
Function  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 102  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
311-0  
311-1  
311-2  
311-3  
311-4  
311-5  
311-6  
311-7  
311-8  
Counter Number of  
scanning  
A3  
PPC  
SYS Counts the scanning  
pages at the Twin Color  
Mode in the Copier  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of large-sized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
(color) <8 digits>  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
pages at Twin  
Color Mode in  
Copier Func-  
tion  
2
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
311-9  
311-10  
311-11  
311-12  
311-13  
311-14  
311-15  
311-16  
312-0  
312-1  
312-2  
312-3  
312-4  
312-5  
312-6  
312-7  
312-8  
312-9  
312-10  
312-11  
312-12  
312-13  
312-14  
312-15  
312-16  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Counter Number of  
scanning  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the scanning  
pages at the Black  
Mode in the Copier  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of largesized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
(black) <8 digits>  
pages at  
Black Mode in  
Copier Func-  
tion  
Others  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 103  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
313-0  
313-1  
313-2  
313-3  
313-4  
313-5  
313-6  
313-7  
313-8  
313-9  
313-10  
313-11  
313-12  
313-13  
313-14  
313-15  
313-16  
314-0  
314-1  
314-2  
314-3  
314-4  
314-5  
314-6  
314-7  
314-8  
314-9  
314-10  
314-11  
314-12  
314-13  
314-14  
314-15  
314-16  
Counter Number of  
scanning  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
SCN  
SYS Counts the scanning  
pages at the Black  
Mode in the Scanning  
Function for each paper  
size according to the  
setting for the count  
setting of largesized  
paper (08-352) and the  
definition setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
353).  
4
(black) <8 digits>  
pages in  
Scanning  
Function  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
A3  
Counter Number of  
scanning  
FAX  
0
SYS Counts the scanning  
pages in the FAX Func-  
tion for each paper size  
according to the setting  
for the count setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
352) and the definition  
setting of largesized  
4
<8 digits>  
A4  
A5  
A6  
pages in FAX  
Function  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
paper (08-353).  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 104  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
315-0  
315-1  
315-2  
315-3  
315-4  
315-5  
315-6  
315-7  
315-8  
315-9  
315-10  
315-11  
315-12  
315-13  
315-14  
315-15  
315-16  
316-0  
316-1  
316-2  
316-3  
316-4  
316-5  
316-6  
316-7  
316-8  
316-9  
316-10  
316-11  
316-12  
316-13  
316-14  
316-15  
316-16  
Counter Number of  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
FAX  
0
SYS Counts the transmitted  
pages in the FAX Func-  
tion for each paper size  
according to the setting  
for the count setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
352) and the definition  
setting of largesized  
4
transmitted  
pages in FAX  
Function  
<8 digits>  
2
paper (08-353).  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Others  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
B4  
B5  
FOLIO  
LD  
LG  
LT  
ST  
COMP  
13LG  
8.5x 8.5”  
16K  
8K  
Counter Number of  
received  
FAX  
0
SYS Counts the received  
pages in the FAX Func-  
tion for each paper size  
according to the setting  
for the count setting of  
large-sized paper (08-  
352) and the definition  
setting of largesized  
4
<8 digits>  
pages in FAX  
Function  
paper (08-353).  
Others  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 105  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
317-0  
317-1  
317-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Counter  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PPC  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages at the Full  
SYS  
14  
14  
14  
(color) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
output pages  
at Full Color  
Mode in  
Copier Func-  
tion  
Color Mode in the  
Copier Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
0
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
318-0  
318-1  
318-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PRT  
(color) <8 digits>  
PRT  
(color) <8 digits>  
PRT  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages at the Full  
14  
14  
14  
output pages  
at Full Color  
Mode in  
Color Mode in the  
Printer Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Printer Func-  
tion  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
319-0  
319-1  
319-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages at the  
14  
14  
14  
output pages  
at Twin Color  
Mode in  
Twin Color Mode in the  
Copier Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Copier Func-  
tion  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 106  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
320-0  
320-1  
320-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Counter  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PPC  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages at the  
SYS  
14  
14  
14  
(black) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(black) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(black) <8 digits>  
output pages  
at Black Mode  
in Copier  
Black Mode in the  
Copier Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
0
2
Counter  
0
SYS  
Function  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
321-0  
321-1  
321-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PRT  
(black) <8 digits>  
PRT  
(black) <8 digits>  
PRT  
(black) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages at the  
14  
14  
14  
output pages  
at Black Mode  
in Printer  
Black Mode in the  
Printer Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Function  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
322-0  
322-1  
322-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PRT  
(black) <8 digits>  
PRT  
(black) <8 digits>  
PRT  
(black) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages at the List  
14  
14  
14  
output pages  
at List Print  
Mode  
Print Mode Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 107  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
FAX  
FAX  
FAX  
able  
value>  
323-0  
323-1  
323-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Counter  
Large  
Small  
Total  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages in the FAX  
SYS  
14  
14  
14  
<8 digits>  
output pages  
in FAX Func-  
tion  
Function according to  
its size (large/small).  
Large:  
0
<8 digits>  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
<8 digits>  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
324-0  
324-1  
324-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
scanning pages at the  
14  
14  
14  
(color) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
scanning  
Full Color Mode in the  
Copier Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
pages at Full  
Color Mode in  
Copier Func-  
tion  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
325-0  
325-1  
325-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
SCN  
(color) <8 digits>  
SCN  
(color) <8 digits>  
SCN  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
scanning pages at the  
14  
14  
14  
scanning  
Full Color Mode in the  
Scanning Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
pages at Full  
Color Mode in  
Scanning  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Function  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 108  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
326-0  
326-1  
326-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Counter  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PPC  
SYS Counts the number of  
scanning pages at the  
SYS  
14  
14  
14  
(color) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
scanning  
Twin Color Mode in the  
Copier Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
0
pages at Twin  
Color Mode in  
Copier Func-  
tion  
2
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
327-0  
327-1  
327-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
PPC  
(black) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(black) <8 digits>  
PPC  
(black) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
scanning pages at the  
14  
14  
14  
scanning  
pages at  
Black Mode in the  
Copier Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Black Mode in  
Copier Func-  
tion  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
328-0  
328-1  
328-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
FAX  
FAX  
FAX  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
scanning pages in the  
14  
14  
14  
<8 digits>  
scanning  
pages in FAX  
Function  
FAX Function according  
to its size (large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
<8 digits>  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
<8 digits>  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 109  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
329-0  
329-1  
329-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Counter  
Large  
Small  
Total  
SCN  
SYS Counts the number of  
scanning pages in the  
SYS  
14  
14  
14  
(black) <8 digits>  
SCN  
(black) <8 digits>  
SCN  
(black) <8 digits>  
scanning  
pages in  
Scanning  
Function  
Scanning Function  
according to its size  
(large/small).  
Large:  
0
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
330-0  
330-1  
330-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Large  
Small  
Total  
FAX  
FAX  
FAX  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
transmitted pages in the  
14  
14  
14  
<8 digits>  
transmitted  
pages in FAX  
Function  
FAX Function according  
to its size (large/small).  
Large:  
Counter  
0
SYS  
<8 digits>  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
<8 digits>  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
331  
User  
interface  
Default setting of screen  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the screen to be  
displayed after the  
auto-clear time has  
passed or it has recov-  
ered from the energy  
saving mode or sleep  
mode.  
1
<0-6>  
0: Copier 1: Fax  
2: Scan 3: Box  
4: Job Status  
5: Template  
6: Custom  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 110  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
FAX  
FAX  
FAX  
able  
value>  
332-0  
332-1  
332-2  
Counter Display of  
number of  
Counter  
Large  
Small  
Total  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
received pages in the  
SYS  
14  
14  
14  
<8 digits>  
received  
FAX Function according  
to its size (large/small).  
Large:  
0
pages in FAX  
<8 digits>  
2
Function  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Number of output  
pages of large-sized  
paper defined at 08-  
353  
<8 digits>  
Small:  
Number of output  
pages other than  
set as large-sized  
paper  
Total:  
Total number out-  
put pages of all  
paper sizes.  
333-0  
333-1  
333-2  
334-0  
334-1  
334-2  
335-0  
335-1  
335-2  
342  
Counter Display of  
total number  
Large  
Small  
Total  
ALL  
0
SYS Displays the total num-  
ber of pages at Full  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
1
(color) <8 digits>  
ALL  
(color) <8 digits>  
ALL  
(color) <8 digits>  
ALL  
(color) <8 digits>  
ALL  
(color) <8 digits>  
ALL  
(color) <8 digits>  
ALL  
(black) <8 digits>  
ALL  
(black) <8 digits>  
ALL  
(black) <8 digits>  
of pages at  
Full Color  
Mode  
Color Mode in the  
Copier/Printer/Scan-  
ning Functions.  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Counter Display of  
total number  
Large  
Small  
Total  
0
SYS Displays the total num-  
ber of pages at Twin  
of pages at  
Twin Color  
Mode  
Color Mode in the  
Copier Function.  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Counter  
0
SYS  
Counter Display of  
total number  
Large  
Small  
Total  
0
SYS Displays the total num-  
ber of pages at Black  
of pages at  
Black Mode  
Mode in the Copier/  
Printer/Scanning/FAX  
Functions.  
Counter  
Counter  
User  
0
SYS  
0
SYS  
Displaying number of  
PPC  
0
SYS This setting is whether  
the number of pages of  
originals placed on the  
original glass is dis-  
played or not.  
interface original pages placed on  
original glass  
<0-1>  
0: Not displayed  
1: Displayed  
343  
User  
interface  
Black-free function  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
1
<0-1>  
When "1" (enabled) is  
set at this code, "1"  
(black) is automatically  
set at the code 08-588.  
344  
346  
347  
Counter Count setting of tab paper  
(PM)  
Counter Count setting of large-  
sized paper (PM)  
Counter Definition setting of large-  
sized paper (PM)  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
1
M
M
M
0: Counted as 1  
1: Counted as 2  
0: Counted as 1  
1: Counted as 2  
0: A3/LD  
1: A3/LD/B4/LG/  
1
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
FOLIO/COMP  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 111  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
348  
349  
352  
Counter Count setting of thick paper  
(PM)  
Counter Count setting of OHP film  
(PM)  
Counter Count setting of large-  
sized paper (Fee charging  
system counter)  
1
M
M
M
0: Counted as 1  
1: Counted as 2  
0: Counted as 1  
1: Counted as 2  
0: Counted as 1  
1: Counted as 2  
2: Counted as 1  
(Mechanicalcounter  
is double counter)  
1
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
JPN: 0  
OTHER:  
1
<0-2>  
353  
356  
357  
358  
Counter Definition setting of large-  
sized paper (Fee charging  
system counter)  
Counter Counter for upper drawer  
feeding  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
M
M
0: A3/LD  
1: A3/LD/B4/LG/  
FOLIO/COMP/8k  
Counts the number of  
sheets fed from upper  
drawer  
Counts the number of  
sheets fed from lower  
drawer  
Counts the number of  
sheets fed from bypass  
feed  
Counts the number of  
sheets fed from LCF  
Counts the number of  
sheets fed from PFP  
upper drawer  
1
2
2
2
<0-1>  
0
<8 digits>  
Counter Counter for lower drawer  
feeding  
0
<8 digits>  
Counter Counter for bypass feeding  
Counter Counter for LCF feeding  
0
<8 digits>  
359  
360  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
2
2
<8 digits>  
Counter Counter for PFP upper  
drawer feeding  
0
<8 digits>  
370  
372  
Counter Counter for PFP lower  
drawer feeding  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
Counts the number of  
sheets fed from PFP  
lower drawer  
Counts the number of  
output pages of duplex  
printing.  
2
2
<8 digits>  
Counter Counter for ADU  
0
<8 digits>  
374  
375  
Counter Counter for RADF  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
originals fed from RADF  
2
1
<8 digits>  
Refer to  
content  
Mainte- Setting value of PM time  
M
<Default>  
e-STUDIO281c  
JPN:0  
nance  
counter display/0 clearing  
<8 digits>  
UC, EUR: 315,000  
e-STUDIO351c  
JPN:0  
UC, EUR: 315,000  
e-STUDIO451c  
JPN: 0  
UC, EUR: 315,000  
376  
381  
Mainte- Current value of PM time  
nance counter  
Counter Setting for counter installed  
externally  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
Counts the drum driving  
time (main motor ON).  
Selects the job to count  
up for the external  
counter.  
1
1
<8 digits>  
1
<0-7>  
0: Not selected  
1: Copier  
2: FAX  
3: Copier/FAX  
4: Printer  
5: Copier/Printer  
6: Printer/FAX  
7: Copier/Printer/FAX  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 112  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
PPC  
FAX  
SCN  
PRT  
ALL  
able  
value>  
390  
391  
392  
393  
398  
Counter Number of errors in HDD  
(Copying)  
Counter Number of errors in HDD  
(FAX)  
Counter Number of errors in HDD  
(Scanning)  
Counter Number of errors in HDD  
(Printer)  
0
SYS The number of error is  
reset at HDD format-  
2
2
2
2
2
<8 digits>  
ting.  
0
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
M
<8 digits>  
2
0
<8 digits>  
0
<8 digits>  
Laser  
Number of polygonal motor  
rotational speed switching  
0
Counts the number of  
time the polygonal  
motor has switched its  
rotational speed  
<8 digits>  
between normal rota-  
tion and standby rota-  
tion  
399  
400  
Laser  
Fuser  
Accumulated time of polyg-  
onal motor at normal rota-  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
Accumulates the time  
the polygonal motor has  
rotated at normal rota-  
tion.  
0: No error  
1: C411 2: C412  
3: C433 4: -  
2
1
<8 digits>  
Fuser unit error status  
counter  
0
<0-29>  
5: C445 6: C446  
7: C447 8: -  
9: C449 10: C475  
11: C471 12: C472  
13: -  
14: -  
15: C480 16: -  
17: C490 18: -  
19: C449 20: -  
21: C449 22: C449  
23: C449 24: C447  
25: C449 26: -  
27: C449 28: -  
29: C449  
409  
Fuser  
Fuser roller temperature at  
a energy saver mode  
(Center thermistor)  
ALL  
13  
<0-16>  
M
0: OFF 1: 40°C  
2: 45°C 3: 50°C  
4: 55°C 5: 60°C  
6: 65°C 7: 70°C  
8: 75°C 9: 80°C  
10: 85°C 11: 90°C  
12: 95°C 13: 100°C  
14: 105°C 15: 110°C  
16:115°C  
1
410-0  
410-1  
Fuser  
Fuser  
Fuser roller temperature  
during printing (Center  
thermistor/Plain paper)  
ALL  
(black)  
12  
<0-16>  
M
M
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: 180°C 13: 185°C  
14: 190°C 15: 195°C  
16: 200°C  
4
4
ALL  
(color)  
11  
<0-16>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 113  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
411  
Fuser  
Fuser  
Fuser  
Fuser roller temperature on  
standby (Center ther-  
mistor)  
ALL  
12  
<0-16>  
M
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: 180°C 13: 185°C  
14: 190°C 15: 195°C  
16: 200°C  
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: 180°C 13: 185°C  
14: 190°C 15: 195°C  
16: 200°C  
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: 180°C 13: 185°C  
14: 190°C 15: 195°C  
16: 200°C  
1
412-0  
412-1  
Fuser roller temperature  
during printing  
(Center thermistor/Thick  
paper 3)  
ALL  
(black)  
12  
<0-16>  
M
M
4
4
ALL  
(color)  
12  
<0-16>  
413-0  
413-1  
Fuser roller temperature  
during printing  
(Center thermistor/Thick  
paper 1)  
ALL  
(black)  
12  
<0-16>  
M
M
4
4
ALL  
(color)  
12  
<0-16>  
415-0  
Fuser  
Fuser  
Period of time retaining  
print-start temperature  
(Thick paper 3)  
ALL  
(black)  
3
M
0: Invalid 1: 1 sec.  
2: 2 sec 3: 3 sec  
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.  
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.  
8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec.  
10: 10 sec.  
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: Invalid  
4
<0-10>  
415-1  
416  
ALL  
(color)  
2
M
M
4
1
<0-10>  
Temperature setting to  
start solving abnormality  
(Center/Side thermistor/  
Thick paper 3)  
ALL  
9
<0-12>  
417-0  
417-1  
Fuser  
Pre-running time for first  
printing (Thick paper 3)  
ALL  
(black)  
16  
<0-16>  
M
M
0: Invalid  
2: 2 sec.  
4: 4 sec.  
6: 6 sec.  
8: 8 sec.  
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec.  
12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.  
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec.  
16: 30 sec.  
1: 0 sec.  
3: 3 sec.  
5: 5 sec.  
7: 7 sec.  
9: 10 sec.  
4
4
ALL  
(color)  
0
<0-16>  
422  
Fuser  
Fuser roller temperature  
setting at the end of pre-  
running during warming-up  
ALL  
4
M
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: 180°C 13: 185°C  
14: 190°C 15: 195°C  
16: 200°C  
1
<0-16>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 114  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
428-0  
Fuser  
Period of time retaining  
print-start temperature  
(Thick paper 2)  
3
M
0: Invalid  
1: 1 sec.  
3: 3 sec.  
5: 5 sec.  
7: 7 sec.  
9: 9 sec.  
4
ALL  
(black)  
<0-10>  
2: 2 sec.  
4: 4 sec.  
6: 6 sec.  
8: 8 sec.  
10: 10 sec.  
428-1  
2
M
4
2
ALL  
(color)  
<0-10>  
430  
431  
Fuser  
Transport motor speed  
deceleration (OHP film)  
Transport motor speed  
deceleration  
ALL  
(color)  
1
M
M
Sets deceleration ratio  
of paper transport  
speed.  
1
1
<0-3>  
1
<0-3>  
ALL  
(color)  
0: 1/1  
2: 1/3  
1: 1/2  
3: 1/4  
(Thick paper 2)  
432  
436  
Transport motor speed  
deceleration  
(Thick paper 3)  
Temperature setting to  
start solving abnormal-  
ity(Center/Side thermistor/  
Thick paper2)  
2
M
M
1
1
ALL  
(color)  
<0-3>  
Fuser  
Fuser  
ALL  
9
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: Invalid  
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: 180°C 13: 185°C  
14: 190°C 15: 195°C  
16: 200°C  
<0-12>  
437-0  
437-1  
Fuser roller temperature  
during printing  
(Center thermistor /Thick  
paper 2)  
ALL  
(black)  
12  
<0-16>  
M
M
4
4
ALL  
(color)  
12  
<0-16>  
438-0  
438-1  
Fuser  
Fuser roller temperature  
during printing (Center  
thermistor/OHP film)  
ALL  
(black)  
12  
<0-16>  
M
M
0: 120°C 1: 125°C  
2: 130°C 3: 135°C  
4: 140°C 5: 145°C  
6: 150°C 7: 155°C  
8: 160°C 9: 165°C  
10: 170°C 11: 175°C  
12: 180°C 13: 185°C  
14: 190°C 15: 195°C  
16: 200°C  
4
4
ALL  
(color)  
10  
<0-16>  
439-0  
439-1  
Fuser  
Pre-running time for first  
printing (Thick paper 2)  
ALL  
(black)  
14  
<0-16>  
M
M
0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.  
2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.  
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.  
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.  
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.  
10: 12 sec.  
11: 14 sec.  
12: 16 sec.  
13: 18 sec.  
4
4
ALL  
(color)  
0
<0-16>  
14: 20 sec.  
15: 25 sec.  
16: 30 sec.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 115  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
440-0  
Fuser  
Fuser  
Paper  
Pre-running time for first  
printing  
(Plain paper/Low tempera-  
ture environment)  
ALL  
(black)  
12  
<0-16>  
M
0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.  
2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.  
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.  
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.  
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.  
10: 12 sec.  
11: 14 sec.  
12: 16 sec.  
13: 18 sec.  
14: 20 sec.  
4
440-1  
441-0  
ALL  
(color)  
0
M
M
4
4
<0-16>  
15: 25 sec.  
16: 30 sec.  
Pre-running time for first  
printing (Thick paper 1)  
ALL  
(black)  
9
0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.  
2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.  
4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.  
6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.  
8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.  
10: 12 sec.  
11: 14 sec.  
12: 16 sec.  
13: 18 sec.  
14: 20 sec.  
15: 25 sec.  
16: 30 sec.  
0: Enabled  
1: Disabled  
0: 0°C 1: 5°C  
2: 9°C 3: 10°C  
4: 12°C 5: 14°C  
6: 15°C 7: 16°C  
8: 17°C 9: 18°C  
10: 19°C 11: 20°C  
<0-16>  
441-1  
ALL  
(color)  
5
M
4
<0-16>  
449  
458  
Switching for incorrect  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
1
1
feeding paper size jam detection  
Fuser  
<0-1>  
6
<0-11>  
Threshold for warming-up  
temperature(Low-tempera-  
ture environment)  
459  
Fuser  
Warming-up time(Low-tem-  
perature environment)  
ALL  
7
M
0: No warming-up  
1
<0-11>  
1: 30 sec.  
3: 50 sec.  
5: 70 sec.  
7: 90 sec.  
8: 100 sec.  
9: 120 sec.  
10: 180 sec.  
11: 300 sec.  
2: 40 sec.  
4: 60 sec.  
6: 80 sec.  
460  
461  
Fuser  
Fuser  
Threshold of temperature  
for pre-running time for first  
printing(Low-temperature  
environment)  
ALL  
ALL  
9
M
M
0: 0°C 1: 5°C  
2: 9°C 3: 10°C  
4: 12°C 5: 14°C  
6: 15°C 7: 16°C  
8: 17°C 9: 18°C  
10: 19°C 11: 20°C  
0: Invalid (always)  
1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min.  
3: 1 min. 4: 2 min.  
5: 3 min. 6: 5 min.  
7: 7 min. 8: 10 min.  
9: 15 min. 10: 30 min.  
11: 60 min.  
1
1
<0-11>  
Pre-running time for first  
printing(Plain paper/Low-  
temperature environment)  
8
<0-11>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 116  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
462  
RADF  
Setting for switchback  
operation in mixed-size  
copying using RADF  
ALL  
0
SYS This setting is whether  
the original length is  
detected or not by  
transporting without  
scanning in reverse  
when A4-R/FOLIO  
paper or LT-R/LG paper  
is detected in a mixed-  
size copying.  
1
<0-2>  
2
0: Disabled -  
AMS:  
A series - Judges as  
A4-R without trans-  
porting in reverse  
with no scanning.  
LT series - Judges  
whether it is LT-R or  
LG by its length  
without transporting  
in reverse with no  
scanning.  
APS:  
A series - Judges  
whether it is A4-R or  
FOLIO without  
transporting in  
reverse with no  
scanning.  
LT series - Judges  
whether it is LT-R or  
LG without trans-  
porting in reverse  
with no scanning.  
1: Enable 1  
AMS:  
A series - Judges  
whether it is A4-R or  
FOLIO by transport-  
ing without scanning  
in reverse to detect  
its length.  
LT series - Judges  
whether it is LT-R or  
LG by transporting  
without scanning in  
reverse to detect its  
length.  
APS:  
The same as that of  
APS in 0: Disabled.  
2: Enable 2  
AMS/APS:  
The same as that of  
AMS in 1: Enable 1.  
463-0  
463-1  
Paper  
feeding number set-  
ting (upper  
Feeding retry Plain  
ALL  
ALL  
5
M
M
Sets the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the upper  
drawer.  
4
4
paper  
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
Others  
drawer)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 117  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
464-0  
464-1  
465-0  
465-1  
466-0  
466-1  
467-0  
467-1  
468-0  
468-1  
470  
Paper  
feeding number set-  
ting (lower  
Feeding retry Plain  
5
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Sets the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the lower  
drawer.  
4
4
paper  
Others  
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
5
drawer)  
Paper  
feeding number set-  
Feeding retry Plain  
Sets the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the PFP  
upper drawer.  
4
paper  
ting (PFP  
Others  
4
upper drawer)  
Paper  
feeding number set-  
Feeding retry Plain  
Sets the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the PFP  
lower drawer.  
4
paper  
ting (PFP  
Others  
4
lower drawer)  
Paper  
Feeding retry Plain  
Sets the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the bypass  
tray.  
4
feeding number set-  
ting (bypass  
feed)  
paper  
Others  
4
Paper  
feeding number set-  
ting (LCF)  
Feeding retry Plain  
Sets the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the LCF.  
4
paper  
Others  
<0-5>  
5
<0-5>  
457/305  
<148-  
4
Paper  
Paper size (305x457 mm)  
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
10  
457/105-  
305>  
471  
478  
Paper  
Paper size (Post card)  
ALL  
ALL  
148/100  
<148-  
432/100-  
297>  
0
M
M
*
Post card is sup-  
ported only for JPN  
model.  
10  
1
feeding feeding/widthwise direction  
Laser  
Laser  
Judged number of polygo-  
nal motor rotation error  
(Normal rotation)  
Displays the error  
[CA10] when the set  
number of rotation error  
has been detected.  
0: 2 times  
<0-1>  
1: 12 times  
479  
480  
Judged number of polygo-  
nal motor rotation error (At  
acceleration/deceleration)  
ALL  
0
M
0: Waiting time for  
polygonal motor  
rotation overshoot-  
ing 0.6 sec.  
1: Waiting time for  
polygonal motor  
rotation overshoot-  
ing 2.2 sec.  
1
1
<0-1>  
Paper  
feeding source  
Default setting of paper  
PPC  
0
SYS 0: A4/LT  
1: LCF  
<0-5>  
2: Upper drawer  
3: Lower drawer  
4: PFP upper drawer  
5: PFP lower drawer  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 118  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
481  
Paper  
feeding source  
Automatic change of paper  
PPC  
1
SYS Sets whether or not  
changing the drawer  
automatically to the  
other drawer with the  
paper of the same size  
when paper in the  
selected drawer has run  
out.  
1
<0-2>  
2
0: OFF  
1: ON (Changes to the  
drawer with the  
same paper direc-  
tion and size: ex. A4  
to A4)  
2: ON (Changes to the  
drawer with the  
same paper size.  
Paper with the dif-  
ferent direction is  
acceptable as long  
as the size is the  
same: ex., A4 to A4-  
R, LT-R to LT. 1is  
applied when the  
staple/holepunch is  
specified.)  
482  
483  
Paper  
feeding  
Laser  
Feeding retry setting  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
0: ON  
1: OFF  
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-2>  
Pre-running rotation of  
polygonal motor  
SYS Sets whether or not  
switching the polygonal  
motor from the standby  
rotation to the normal  
rotation when the origi-  
nal is set on the RADF  
or the platen cover is  
opened.  
0: Valid (when using  
RADF and the origi-  
nal is set manually)  
1: Invalid  
2: Valid (when using  
RADF only)  
484  
485  
Laser  
Laser  
Polygonal motor rotational  
status switching at the Auto  
Clear Mode  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets whether or not  
switching the polygonal  
motor from the normal  
rotation to the standby  
rotation at the Auto  
Clear Mode.  
0: Valid  
1: Invalid  
SYS Sets the rotational sta-  
tus of polygonal motor  
on standby.  
1
1
<0-1>  
Rotational status of polygo-  
nal motor on standby  
0
<0-1>  
0: Rotated (The rota-  
tional speed is set at  
08-490.)  
1: Stopped  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 119  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
486  
Laser  
Timing of auto-clearing of  
polygonal motor pre-run-  
ning rotation  
ALL  
0
SYS Switches the polygonal  
motor to the standby  
rotation when a certain  
period of time has  
passed from the pre-  
running. At this code,  
the period to switch the  
status to the standby  
rotation is set.  
1
<0-2>  
0: 15 sec.  
1: 30 sec.  
2: 45 sec.  
*
This setting is effec-  
tive when 0or 2”  
is set at 08-483.  
487  
Transfer Selection of performing the  
2nd transfer roller cleaning  
(Bypass feed)  
ALL  
0
M
0: Performs only at no  
paper size is desig-  
nated  
1
<0-1>  
1: Performsregardless  
of designation of  
paper size  
488  
489  
Laser  
Laser  
Setting of polygonal motor  
type  
ALL  
ALL  
3
M
M
Set the type of polygo-  
nal motor.  
2: 2 clock type  
3: 3 clock type  
0: 38090.55rpm  
1: 35000rpm  
2: 30000rpm  
3: 25000rpm  
4: 20000rpm  
5: 10000rpm  
1
1
<2-3>  
Polygonal motor rotation  
number on standby  
5
<0-5>  
490  
497  
Laser  
Polygonal motor rotation in  
the energy saving mode  
ALL  
0
M
M
0: Stopped  
1: 10000rpm.  
Sets the speed for color  
printing.  
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
General Speed switching for color  
printing  
ALL  
(color)  
0: 11 pages/minute  
1: 6 pages/minute  
502  
Image  
Error diffusion and dither  
setting at photo mode  
PPC  
(black)  
0
SYS Sets the image repro-  
duction method at  
photo mode.  
1
<0-1>  
0: Error diffusion  
1: Dither  
503  
511  
User  
Default setting of density  
PPC  
(black)  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Automatic  
1: Manual (Center)  
1
1
4
4
interface adjustment  
Main  
charger cleaning setting  
Fuser  
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
16  
Main charger wire auto-  
M
M
M
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
526-0  
526-1  
Pre-running time for first  
printing  
(OHP film)  
ALL  
(black)  
ALL  
(color)  
0: Invalid  
2: 2 sec.  
4: 4 sec.  
6: 6 sec.  
8: 8 sec.  
10: 12 sec.  
11: 14 sec.  
12: 16 sec.  
13: 18 sec.  
14: 20 sec.  
15: 25 sec.  
16: 30 sec.  
1: 0 sec.  
3: 3 sec.  
5: 5 sec.  
7: 7 sec.  
9: 10 sec.  
<0-16>  
0
<0-16>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 120  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
544  
Image  
Environment correction  
ALL  
1
M
Sets whether or not cor-  
recting the 2nd transfer  
roller bias depending on  
the environment.  
0: Invalid  
1
1
1
control control of 2nd transfer  
roller bias  
<0-1>  
2
1: Valid  
545  
546  
Image  
Transfer belt life correction  
ALL  
ALL  
1
M
M
Sets whether or not cor-  
recting the 2nd transfer  
roller bias depending on  
the transfer belt life.  
0: Invalid  
control of 2nd transfer roller bias  
<0-1>  
1: Valid  
Image  
2nd transfer roller life cor-  
1
Sets whether or not cor-  
recting the 2nd transfer  
roller bias depending on  
the 2nd transfer roller  
life.  
control rection of 2nd transfer  
roller bias  
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
548  
549  
Transfer Setting of 2nd transfer  
roller bias table (for each  
destination/paper thick-  
ness)  
ALL  
ALL  
EUR:0  
UC:1  
JPN:2  
<0-2>  
M
M
0:80 g/m2 (21.3 lb.)/  
EUR  
1: 75 g/m2 (20 lb.)/UC  
2: 64 g/m2 (17.1 lb.)/  
JPN  
Sets whether or not  
performing the open-  
loop control 1.The  
open-loop control 1 is  
performed in advance  
of the closed-loop con-  
trol.  
1
1
Image  
Image quality control/open-  
1
control loop control 1  
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
550  
551  
Image  
Image  
Default setting of Original  
mode  
PPC  
(black)  
0
SYS 0: Text/Photo  
1: Photo  
1
1
<0-3>  
2: Text  
3: Gray Scale  
Image quality control/open-  
ALL  
1
M
Sets whether or not  
performing the open-  
loop control 2.The  
open-loop control 2 is  
performed before or  
during printing.  
control loop control 2  
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
552  
Image  
control  
Drum life correction control  
ALL  
1
M
Sets whether or not cor-  
recting the drum volt-  
age depending on the  
drum life in open-loop  
control.  
1
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 121  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
553  
Image  
control tion control  
Drum temperature correc-  
ALL  
1
M
Sets whether or not cor-  
recting the drum volt-  
age depending on the  
drum surface tempera-  
ture in open-loop con-  
trol.  
1
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
554  
555  
Image  
Image quality open-loop  
ALL  
ALL  
1
M
M
Sets whether or not  
deciding the initial value  
of contrast voltage in  
open-loop control.  
0: Invalid  
1
1
control control/Contrast voltage  
initial value  
<0-1>  
1: Valid  
Image  
Drum life correction of  
1
Sets whether or not cor-  
recting the laser power  
depending on the drum  
life when the laser  
power initial value is set  
in open-loop control.  
0: Invalid  
control laser power initial value  
<0-1>  
1: Valid  
556  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
1
M
Sets whether or not cor-  
recting the contrast volt-  
age in closed-loop  
control.  
1
control control/Contrast voltage  
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
557  
558  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
ALL  
1
M
M
Sets whether or not cor-  
recting the laser power  
in closed-loop control.  
0: Invalid  
1
1
control control/Laser power  
<0-1>  
1: Valid  
Image  
Contrast voltage/Correc-  
1
Sets whether or not  
switching the correc-  
tion amount once at  
contrast voltage correc-  
tion depending on the  
environment.  
control tion gain environment set-  
ting  
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
559  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
1
M
Sets whether perform-  
ing closed-loop control  
automatically at power-  
ON when the fuser  
roller temperature  
becomes below the  
specified level.  
1
control control automatic start-up/  
At power-ON  
<0-2>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid (at mode 1)  
2: Valid (at mode 2)  
560  
Imagel Process switching for  
image smoothing (Text/  
Photo)  
PPC  
(black)  
1
M
Sets whether or not  
performing a smooth-  
ing process (primary  
scanning direction,  
2,400 dpi or equiva-  
lent).  
1
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 122  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
561  
Image  
Image  
Process switching for  
image smoothing (Photo)  
PPC  
(black)  
0
M
Sets whether or not  
performing a smooth-  
ing process (primary  
scanning direction,  
2,400 dpi or equiva-  
lent).  
1
<0-1>  
562  
565  
Process switching for  
image smoothing (Text)  
PPC  
(black)  
1
M
M
1
2
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
1
Sets whether or not  
performing closed-loop  
control automatically  
when the relative  
humidity becomes  
below the specified  
level from the previous  
control.  
1
control control automatic start-up/  
Relative humidity variation  
<0-2>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid (at mode 1)  
2: Valid (at mode 2)  
566  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
1
M
Sets whether or not  
performing closed-loop  
control automatically  
when the equipment  
has not been used for a  
specified period of time.  
0: Invalid  
1
control control automatic start-up/  
Period of time unattended  
<0-2>  
1: Valid (at mode 1)  
2: Valid (at mode 2)  
567  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
2
M
Sets whether or not  
performing closed-loop  
control automatically  
when the specified  
number of sheets has  
been printed out from  
the previous control.  
0: Invalid  
1
control control automatic start-up/  
Accumulated print volume  
<0-2>  
1: Valid (at mode 1)  
2: Valid (at mode 2)  
568  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
2
M
Sets whether or not  
performing closed-loop  
control automatically  
when recovered from  
Toner empty.  
1
control control automatic start-up/  
When recovered from  
<0-2>  
Toner empty”  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid (at mode 1)  
2: Valid (at mode 2)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 123  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
569  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
8
M
Sets the fuser roller  
temperature to perform  
closed-loop control  
when 1or 2(valid) is  
set in 08-559.  
1
control control automatic start-up/  
Temperature setting of  
<0-20>  
fuser roller at power-ON  
0: 20°C 1: 25°C  
2: 30°C 3: 35°C  
4: 40°C 5: 45°C  
6: 50°C 7: 55°C  
8: 60°C 9: 65°C  
10: 70°C 11: 75°C  
12: 80°C 13: 85°C  
14: 90°C 15: 95°C  
16: 100°C 17: 105°C  
18: 110°C 19: 115°C  
20: 120°C  
570  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
4
M
Sets the relative humid-  
ity difference to per-  
form the closed-loop  
control when 1or 2”  
(valid) is set in 08-565.  
1
control control automatic start-up/  
Relative humidity differ-  
ence setting  
<0-6>  
0: 0%  
1: 5%  
3: 15%  
5: 25%  
2: 10%  
4: 20%  
6: 30%  
571  
572  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
4
M
M
Sets the period of time  
unattended to perform  
closed-loop control  
when 1or 2(valid) is  
set in 08-566.  
1
1
control control automatic start-up/  
Setting of period of time  
unattended  
<0-24>  
Setting value x 1 (hour)  
Image  
Image quality closed-loop  
ALL  
(color)  
10  
<0-30>  
Sets the number of  
accumulated print vol-  
ume to perform closed-  
loop control when 1or  
2(valid) is set in 08-  
567.  
control control automatic start-up/  
Setting of accumulated  
print volume  
Setting value x 100  
(pages)  
573  
574  
575  
576  
Image  
control count (Y)  
Display/0 clearing  
Abnormality detection  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
M
M
Counts the abnormality  
detection of image qual-  
ity control. Accumulat-  
ing total of [CE10],  
1
1
1
1
<0-16>  
[CE20] and [CE40]  
Image  
control count (M)  
Display/0 clearing  
Abnormality detection  
0
Counts the abnormality  
detection of image qual-  
ity control. Accumulat-  
ing total of [CE10],  
<0-16>  
[CE20] and [CE40]  
Image  
control count (C)  
Display/0 clearing  
Abnormality detection  
0
Counts the abnormality  
detection of image qual-  
ity control. Accumulat-  
ing total of [CE10],  
<0-16>  
[CE20] and [CE40]  
Image  
control count (K)  
Display/0 clearing  
Abnormality detection  
0
Counts the abnormality  
detection of image qual-  
ity control. Accumulat-  
ing total of [CE10],  
<0-16>  
[CE20] and [CE40]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 124  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
583-0  
Fuser  
Pre-running  
time at power- motor  
ON and ready speed 1/1  
status  
Transport  
ALL  
1
M
0: 3 sec.  
2: 9 sec.  
4: 15 sec.  
6: 21 sec.  
8: 27 sec.  
10: 33 sec.  
1: 6 sec.  
4
4
4
1
1
<0-10>  
3: 12 sec.  
5: 18 sec.  
7: 24 sec.  
9: 30 sec.  
583-1  
583-2  
584  
Transport  
motor  
speed 1/2  
Transport  
motor  
speed 1/3  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
4
M
M
M
2
<0-10>  
7
<0-10>  
Fuser  
User  
Transport motor speed of  
pre-running at ready status  
0
0: Decelerating to 1/1  
1: Decelerating to 1/2  
2: Decelerating to 1/3  
<0-2>  
585  
Default setting of Original  
PPC  
(color)  
0
SYS 0: Text/Photo  
1: Text  
interface mode  
<0-4>  
2: Printed image  
3: Photo  
4: Map  
586  
Image  
Image quality switching  
when selecting the Image  
Smoothing Mode  
PPC  
(black)  
0
SYS Selects the method of  
image processing when  
the Image Smoothing is  
selected in the original  
modes.  
1
<0-1>  
0: Processing for  
Image Smoothing  
1: Processing when  
judging as black in  
the ACS Mode  
587  
588  
User  
interface mode  
User  
interface mode  
Default setting of Density  
PPC  
(color)  
PPC  
1
SYS 0: Automatic  
1: Manual (Center)  
SYS 0: Auto color  
1: Black  
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-2>  
Default setting of Color  
2: Full color  
589  
Image  
Image quality switching  
when judging as black in  
the ACS Mode  
PPC  
(black)  
1
SYS Selects the method of  
image processing when  
the original is judged as  
black in the ACS Mode.  
0: Processing for  
1
<0-1>  
Image Smoothing  
1: Processing when  
judging as black in  
the ACS Mode  
595  
Image  
Scanning operation switch- PPC  
ing at automatic calibration (color)  
0
SYS 0: Scanning color/  
black integrated pat-  
tern  
1
<0-1>  
1: Scanning color pat-  
tern only  
597  
602  
Image  
User  
Gamma correction table all  
clearing  
PRT  
(color)  
-
SYS Initializes the status of  
automatic gamma  
adjustment in color  
printing.  
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
3
1
Screen setting for auto-  
ALL  
EUR:0  
UC:1  
JPN:1  
<0-1>  
interface matic energy saver/auto-  
matic power OFF  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 125  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
603  
User  
Setting for automatic  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Single-sided to  
1
interface duplexing mode  
<0-3>  
duplex copying  
2: Two-sided to duplex  
copying  
3: User selection  
604  
User  
interface AMS  
Default setting for APS/  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: APS (Automatic  
Paper Selection)  
1: AMS (Automatic  
Magnification Selec-  
tion)  
1
<0-2>  
2: Not selected  
605  
607  
User  
Centering printing of pri-  
PPC  
PPC  
1
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
1
interface mary/secondary direction  
at AMS  
User  
<0-1>  
Default setting of RADF  
0
SYS 0: Continuous feeding  
(by pressing the  
interface mode  
<0-1>  
[START] button)  
1: Single feeding  
(by setting original  
on the tray)  
609-0  
609-1  
609-2  
609-3  
609-4  
610  
Image  
Binarizing  
Step -2  
Step -1  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
PPC  
88  
<0-255>  
108  
<0-255>  
148  
<0-255>  
178  
<0-255>  
SYS Sets the binarizing level  
of each step.  
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
level setting  
(When judg-  
ing as black in  
the ACS  
When the value  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
increases, the image  
becomes darker. When  
the value decreases,  
the image becomes  
lighter.  
Step 0  
(center)  
Step +1  
Mode)  
*
Refer to 08-268.  
Step +2  
208  
<0-255>  
User  
interface panel  
User  
Key touch sound of control  
1
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS 0: Left page to right  
<0-1>  
0
611  
Book type original priority  
interface  
<0-1>  
page  
1: Right page to left  
page  
612  
613  
General Summer time mode  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Not summer time  
1: Summer time  
SYS Press the icon on the  
LCD to select the size.  
1
9
<0-1>  
User  
Paper size selection for  
PPC EUR:  
FOLIO  
UC:  
COMP  
JPN:  
A5-R  
interface [OTHER] button  
614  
Network Local I/F time-out period  
ALL  
6
SYS Sets the period of time  
when the job is judged  
as completed in local I/  
F printing (USB or par-  
allel).  
1
<1-50>  
1: 1.0 sec.  
2: 1.5 sec.  
50: 25.5 sec.  
(in increments of 0.5  
sec.)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 126  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
615  
General Size information of main  
memory and page memory  
ALL  
SYS Displays the sizes of  
the main memory and  
page memory. Enables  
to check if each mem-  
ory is properly recog-  
nized.  
SYS Sets the counting  
method in Twin Color  
Mode with the Limita-  
tion Function.  
2
1
1
2
616  
617  
Counter Counting method in Twin  
Color Mode  
ALL  
ALL  
JPN: 1  
UC: 0  
EUR: 0  
<0-1>  
(Limitation Function)  
0: Count as color  
1: Count as black  
User  
Print setting without  
1
SYS 0: Printed forcibly  
1: Not printed  
interface department code  
<0-2>  
2: Deleted forcibly  
618  
619  
User  
Default setting of RADF  
PPC  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Same size originals  
1: Mixed size originals  
1
1
interface original size  
Paper  
feeding of bypass feeding  
<0-1>  
4
<0-10>  
Time lag before auto-start  
SYS Sets the time taken to  
add paper feeding  
when paper in the  
bypass tray has run out  
during the bypass feed  
copying.  
0: Paper is not drawn  
in unless the  
[START] button is  
pressed.  
1-10: Setting value x  
0.5sec.  
620  
621  
622  
623  
624  
625  
User  
Department management  
PPC  
FAX  
PRT  
SCN  
PRT  
PPC  
1
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
1
1
1
1
1
interface setting (Copier)  
User  
interface setting (FAX)  
User  
interface setting (Printer)  
User  
interface setting (Scanner)  
User  
interface setting (List print)  
User  
interface mode during RADF jam-  
ming  
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
1
Department management  
Department management  
Department management  
Department management  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
Blank copying prevention  
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON (Start printing  
when the scanning  
of each page is fin-  
ished)  
627  
628  
629  
632  
User  
Rotation printing at the  
ALL  
PPC  
ALL  
PPC  
0
SYS 0: Not rotating  
1: Rotating  
SYS 0: Automatic  
1: Portrait  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS Sets the disclosing level  
of automatic calibration.  
0: Service technician  
1: Administrator  
1
1
1
1
interface nonsorting  
User  
interface image  
User  
interface setting  
User  
interface closure level  
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
1
<0-2>  
Direction priority of original  
Department management  
Automatic calibration dis-  
2: User  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 127  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
633  
Data  
overwrite call  
kit  
Releasing F200 service  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Not used  
1: Board installed  
2: Service call  
SYS 0: Normal  
1: Inner receiving tray  
SYS 0: ON  
1
<0-2>  
634  
636  
User  
Inner receiving tray priority  
ALL  
0
1
1
interface at Non-sort Mode  
User  
<0-1>  
0
Width setting for image  
PPC  
interface shift copying (linkage of  
front side and back side)  
<0-1>  
1: OFF  
638  
General Time differences  
ALL  
EUR: 24  
UC: 40  
JPN: 6  
<0-47>  
SYS 0: +12.0h 1: +11.5h  
2: +11.0h 3: +10.5h  
4: +10.0h 5: 9.5h  
6: +9.0h 7: +8.5h  
8: +8.0h 9: +7.5h  
10: +7.0h 11: +6.5h  
12: +6.0h 13: +5.5h  
14: +5.0h 15: +4.5h  
16: +4.0h 17: +3.5h  
18: +3.0h 19: +2.5h  
20: +2.0h 21: +1.5h  
22: +1.0h 23: +0.5h  
24: 0.0h 25:-0.5h  
26: -1.0h 27: -1.5h  
28: -2.0h 29: -2.5h  
30: -3.0h 31: -3.5h  
32: -4.0h 33: -4.5h  
34: -5.0h 35: -5.5h  
36: -6.0h 37: -6.5h  
38: -7.0h 39: -7.5h  
40: -8.0h 41: -8.5h  
42: -9.0h 43: -9.5h  
44: -10.0h 45: -10.5h  
46: -11.0h 47: -11.5h  
1
640  
641  
User  
interface  
Date display format  
ALL  
EUR:1  
UC:2  
JPN:0  
<0-2>  
SYS 0: YYYY.MM.DD.  
1: DD.MM.YYYY  
1
1
2: MM.DD.YYYY  
User  
Automatic Sorting Mode  
PPC  
2
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: STAPLE  
interface setting (RADF)  
<0-4>  
2: SORT  
3: GROUP  
4: ROTATE SORT  
642  
User  
interface Mode  
Default setting of Sorter  
PPC  
0
SYS 0: NON-SORT  
1: STAPLE  
1
<0-4>  
2: SORT  
3: GROUP  
4: ROTATE SORT  
643  
644  
User  
Color 1 at twin color selec-  
PPC  
(color)  
0
SYS 0: K 1: Y 2: M  
3: C 4: R 5: G  
6: B  
SYS 0: K 1: Y 2: M  
3: C 4: R 5: G  
6: B  
1
1
interface tion (Select what color  
black in original is copied)  
User  
interface tion (Select what color  
other than black in original  
is copied)  
<0-6>  
Color 2 at twin color selec-  
PPC  
(color)  
4
<0-6>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 128  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
645  
User  
Correction of reproduction  
PPC  
10  
<0-10>  
SYS Sets the reproduction  
ratio for the X in 1”  
printing (including mag-  
azine sort) to the  
1
interface ratio in editing copy  
2
Reproduction ratio x  
Correction ratio.  
0: 90% 1: 91%  
2: 92% 3: 93%  
4: 94% 5: 95%  
6: 96% 7: 97%  
8: 98% 9: 99%  
10: 100%  
646  
648  
649  
User  
interface  
Image position in editing  
Returning finisher tray  
PPC  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the page pasted  
position for X in 1to  
the upper left corner/  
center.  
1
1
1
<0-1>  
0: Cornering  
1: Centering  
User  
0
SYS Sets whether or not  
returning the finisher  
tray to the bin 1 when  
printing is finished.  
0: Not returned  
1: Returned  
SYS 0: Left page to right  
interface when printing is finished  
<0-1>  
User  
Magazine sort setting  
PPC  
0
interface  
<0-1>  
page  
1: Right page to left  
page  
650  
651  
User  
2 in 1/4 in 1 page allocating  
PPC  
PPC  
0
SYS 0: Horizontal  
1: Vertical  
SYS Hyphen  
(with page number)  
/Dropout  
1
1
interface order setting  
User  
interface Time Stamp and Page  
Number  
<0-1>  
2
<0-3>  
Printing format setting for  
(with date, time and  
page number)  
0: OFF/OFF  
1: ON/OFF  
2: OFF/ON  
3: ON/ON  
Note:  
Hyphen printing  
format  
ON: -1- OFF: 1  
652  
653  
657  
User  
interface  
User  
interface  
Cascade operation setting  
Cascade operation setting  
Default setting of printing  
PPC  
PRT  
PPC  
0
SYS 0: OFF  
1
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
1: ON  
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS 0: Short edge  
1: Long edge  
User  
interface direction for Time Stamp  
and Page Number  
<0-1>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 129  
05/07  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
658  
User  
Auto-start setting for  
PRT  
0
SYS Sets whether or not  
feeding a paper auto-  
matically into the copier  
when it is placed on the  
bypass tray.  
1
interface bypass feed printing  
<0-1>  
0: OFF (Press the  
[START] button to  
start feeding.)  
1: ON (Automatical  
feeding)  
659  
User  
Auto-start setting for  
PPC  
1
SYS Sets whether or not  
feeding a paper auto-  
matically into the copier  
when it is placed on the  
bypass tray.  
1
interface bypass feed printing  
<0-1>  
0: OFF (Press the  
[START] button to  
start feeding.)  
1: ON (Automatical  
feeding)  
660  
661  
662  
Network Auto-forwarding setting of  
received FAX  
Network Auto-forwarding setting of  
received E-mail  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS Clears SMS partition.  
(Performs when the  
service call [F106] has  
occurred.)  
1
1
3
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
-
General Clearing of SMS partition  
663  
Counter Counting method in Twin  
Color Mode  
PPC  
0
SYS Sets the counting  
method of fee charging  
or department count in  
Twin Color Mode.  
0: Count as Twin Color  
Mode  
1
<0-2>  
1: Count as Black  
Mode  
2: Count as Full Color  
Mode  
665  
General M/SYS all clearing  
ALL  
-
M/  
Initializes all the adjust-  
3
SYS ment modes and setting  
modes.  
666  
667  
669  
670  
General BOX partition clearing  
General /SHA partition clearing  
General System all clearing  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
SYS Initializes the Elec-  
tronic Filing.  
SYS Initializes the shared  
folder.  
SYS Initializes system  
NVRAM area.  
SYS Display the HDD infor-  
mation  
3
3
3
2
General HDD diagnostic menu dis-  
play  
(Chap. 5.3.6)  
671  
User  
Size indicator  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid 1: Valid  
1
interface  
<0-1>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 130  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
672  
General Initialization of department  
management information  
-
SYS Initializing of the depart-  
ment management  
information  
3
*
Enter the code with  
the digital keys and  
press the [INITIAL-  
IZE] button to per-  
form the  
2
initialization.  
If the area storing  
the department  
management infor-  
mation is destroyed  
for some reason,  
Enter Department  
Codeis displayed  
on the control panel  
even if the depart-  
ment management  
function is not set  
on. In this case, ini-  
tialize the area with  
this code. This area  
is normally initial-  
ized at the factory.  
675-0  
675-1  
Paper  
feeding Mode setting  
for paper  
Coated Paper Upper  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets whether or not  
applying the Coated  
Paper Mode to each  
paper source.  
4
4
drawer  
<0-1>  
source  
0: Normal mode  
1: Coated Paper Mode  
Lower  
drawer  
0
SYS  
*
Coated Paper Mode  
- This mode is  
<0-1>  
selected when the  
paper which often  
causes the misfeed-  
ing (ex. coated  
paper) is used. The  
occurrence of mis-  
feeding is reduced  
by lengthening the  
jam detection time.  
However, the print-  
ing speed is low-  
ered since the  
675-2  
675-3  
675-4  
PFPupper  
drawer  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
4
4
4
<0-1>  
PFP lower  
drawer  
0
<0-1>  
LCF  
0
<0-1>  
printing cycle is also  
lengthened with the  
lengthened jam  
detection time.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 131  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
676  
Paper  
Bypass copy printing  
PPC  
0
SYS Sets whether or not dis-  
playing the [COATED]  
button on the LCD  
screen at bypass feed-  
ing.  
1
feeding [COATED] button display  
<0-1>  
0: Not displayed  
1: Displayed (The  
Coated Paper Mode  
is applied by press-  
ing the [COATED]  
button at bypass  
feeding.)  
*
Coated Paper Mode  
- This mode is  
selected when the  
paper which often  
causes the misfeed-  
ing (ex. coated  
paper) is used. The  
occurrence of mis-  
feeding is reduced  
by lengthening the  
jam detection time.  
However, the print-  
ing speed is low-  
ered since the  
printing cycle is also  
lengthened with the  
lengthened jam  
detection time.  
677-0  
677-1  
677-2  
677-3  
677-4  
677-5  
Paper  
feeding Mode setting  
at bypass  
Coated Paper Plain  
PRT  
PRT  
PRT  
PRT  
PRT  
PRT  
0
SYS Sets whether or not  
applying the Coated  
4
4
4
4
4
4
paper  
<0-1>  
Paper Mode on each  
paper type at bypass  
feeding  
printing.  
0: Normal mode  
1: Coated Paper Mode  
Thick  
paper 1  
0
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
<0-1>  
*
Coated Paper Mode  
- This mode is  
Thick  
paper 2  
0
selected when the  
paper which often  
causes the misfeed-  
ing (ex. coated  
paper) is used. The  
occurrence of mis-  
feeding is reduced  
by lengthening the  
jam detection time.  
However, the print-  
ing speed is low-  
ered since the  
<0-1>  
Thick  
paper 3  
0
<0-1>  
OHP film  
Envelop  
0
<0-1>  
0
printing cycle is also  
lengthened with the  
lengthened jam  
<0-1>  
detection time.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 132  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
678  
General Setting of banner advertis-  
ing display  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets whether or not dis-  
playing the banner  
1
<0-1>  
advertising. The setting  
contents of 08-679 and  
08-680 are displayed at  
the time display section  
on the right top of the  
screen. When both are  
set, each content is dis-  
played alternately.  
2
0: Not displayed  
1: Displayed  
679  
680  
681  
General Banner advertising display  
1
General Banner advertising display  
2
General Display of [BANNER MES-  
SAGE] button  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
SYS Maximum 27 letters  
(one-byte character)  
SYS Maximum 27 letters  
(one-byte character)  
SYS 0: Not displayed  
1: Displayed  
11  
11  
1
0
<0-1>  
*
This button enables  
the entry of Banner  
advertising display 1  
(08-679)and Ban-  
ner advertising dis-  
play 2 (08-680)on  
the control panel.  
682  
683  
Use  
interface  
General Duplex printing setting  
when coin controller is  
used  
Offsetting between jobs  
ALL  
ALL  
1
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
SYS When the duplex print-  
ing is short paid with a  
coin controller, reverse  
side of the original is  
not printed and is con-  
sidered as a defect  
(printing job may be  
cleared). To solve this  
problem, the selection  
of printing method is  
enabled with this set-  
ting.  
0: Invalid (Both sides  
printed)  
1: Valid (Only one side  
printed)  
684  
685  
General Rebuilding all databases  
General Rebuilding all databases  
related to Address Book  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
SYS Rebuilds all databases.  
3
3
SYS Rebuilds all databases  
related to the Address  
Book.  
686  
689  
General Rebuilding all databases  
related to log  
ALL  
FAX  
-
SYS Rebuilds all databases  
related to the logs.  
SYS 0: Not subjected for  
APS judgment  
3
1
FAX  
Adaptation of paper source  
priority selection  
0
<0-1>  
1: Subjected for APS  
judgment  
690  
691  
General HDD formatting  
General HDD type display  
ALL  
ALL  
-
SYS 2: Normal formatting  
7
7
<2>  
-
<0-2>  
SYS 0: Not formatted  
1: Not used  
2: Normal format  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 133  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
692  
Mainte- Performing panel calibra-  
nance tion  
ALL  
SYS Performs the calibration  
of the pressing position  
on the touch panel  
1
(LCD screen). The cali-  
bration is performed by  
pressing 2 reference  
positions after this code  
is started up.  
693  
General Initialization of NIC infor-  
mation  
ALL  
-
-
SYS Returns the value to the  
factory shipping default  
value.  
3
694  
696  
General Performing HDD testing  
Scram- Installation of scrambler  
ALL  
ALL  
SYS Checks the bad sector.  
3
2
0
-
0: Not installed  
1: Installed  
bler  
board (Option)  
<0-1>  
board  
697  
698  
Paper  
feeding  
Paper type priority  
PPC  
ALL  
1
SYS Sets the paper type pri-  
ority during copying.  
1: Normal paper  
1
5
<1-2>  
2: Thick paper 1  
Scram- Entering the key code for  
bler  
board  
-
-
-
Start up this code and  
have the user enter the  
key code.  
scrambler board  
Once the key code has  
been set, this code can-  
not be set again on  
security grounds.  
699  
701  
Scram- Erasing all data in HDD  
bler  
board  
FAX  
ALL  
FAX  
-
This setting is effective  
only when the scram-  
bler board is installed.  
3
1
Destination setting for FAX  
EUR: 5  
UC: 4  
SYS 0: Japan  
1: Asia  
JPN: 0  
Other: 1  
<0-25>  
2: Australia  
3: Hong Kong  
4: U.S.A./Canada  
5: Germany  
6: U.K.  
7: Italy  
8: Belgium  
9: Netherlands  
10: Finland  
11: Spain  
12: Austria  
13: Switzerland  
14: Sweden  
15: Denmark  
16: Norway  
17: Portugal  
18: France  
19: Greece  
20: Poland  
21: Hungary  
22: Czech  
23: Turkey  
24: South Africa  
25: Taiwan  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 134  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
702  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
nance function  
ALL  
2
SYS 0: Valid (Remote-con-  
trolled server)  
1
<0-2>  
1: Valid (L2)  
2: Invalid  
SYS Maximum 256 Bytes  
2
703  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
ALL  
ALL  
-
11  
4
nance  
HTTP server  
URL setting  
704-0  
Interruption of Copying  
stapling oper-  
ation (no sta-  
ple)  
1
SYS 0: Continues printing  
by switching sort  
setting  
<0-1>  
1: Interrupts printing  
704-1  
707  
Printing /  
BOX print-  
ing  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Continues printing  
by switching sort  
setting  
1: Interrupts printing  
SYS Maximum 256 Bytes  
4
<0-1>  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
https://  
device.mf  
p-sup-  
11  
nance  
HTTP initially-registered  
server  
URL setting  
port.com:  
443/  
device/fir-  
streg-  
ist.ashx  
710  
Mainte- Short time interval setting  
nance of recovery from Emer-  
(Remote) gency Mode  
ALL  
24  
<1-48>  
SYS Sets the time interval to  
recover from the Emer-  
gency Mode to the Nor-  
mal Mode.  
1
(Unit: Hour)  
711  
715  
Mainte- Short time interval setting  
ALL  
ALL  
60  
<30-360>  
1230  
SYS Unit: Minute  
1
1
nance  
of Emergency Mode  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
SYS 0 (0:00) to 2359 (23:59)  
nance  
periodical polling timing  
(Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)  
716  
717  
718  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Prohibited  
1: Accepted  
1
1
1
nance  
Writing data of self-diag-  
nostic code  
<0-1>  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
3
SYS Unit: Minute  
nance  
response waiting time  
(Timeout)  
<1-30>  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
nance initial registration  
0
SYS 0: OFF  
1: Start  
<0-2>  
2: Only certification is  
scanned  
719  
720  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
nance tentative password  
Mainte- Status of remote-con-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
SYS Maximum 10 letters  
11  
2
0
SYS 0: Not registered  
1: Registered  
nance  
trolled service initial regis-  
tration (Display only)  
<0-1>  
721  
Mainte- Service center call function  
nance  
ALL  
2
SYS 0: OFF  
1: Notifies all service  
calls  
1
<0-2>  
2: Notifies all but  
paper jams  
723  
726  
Mainte- Service center call HTTP  
ALL  
ALL  
-
SYS Maximum 256 letters  
11  
1
nance  
server URL setting  
Mainte- HTTP proxy setting  
nance  
1
SYS 0: Valid  
1: Invalid  
<0-1>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 135  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
727  
Mainte- HTTP proxy IP address  
nance setting  
ALL  
SYS 000.000.000.000 -  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
11  
000.000.000.000)  
728  
Mainte- HTTP proxy port number  
nance setting  
ALL  
0
<0-  
SYS  
1
65535>  
729  
730  
731  
732  
Mainte- HTTP proxy ID setting  
nance  
Mainte- HTTP proxy password set-  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
SYS Maximum 30 letters  
SYS Maximum 30 letters  
11  
11  
1
nance  
ting  
Mainte- HTTP proxy panel display  
nance  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
1
SYS 0: Valid  
1: Invalid  
SYS 0: Ordered by FAX  
1: Ordered by E-mail  
2: Ordered by HTTP  
3: OFF  
<0-1>  
3
<0-3>  
1
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote)  
733  
734  
738  
739  
740  
741  
742  
743  
744  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
nance tion of supplies  
(Remote) FAX number  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
SYS Maximum 32 digits  
Enter hyphen with the  
[Monitor/Pause] button  
SYS Maximum 192 letters  
List: 256 digits  
11  
11  
11  
11  
11  
11  
11  
11  
11  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) E-mail address  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
SYS Maximum 50 letters  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) User's name  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
SYS Maximum 32 digits  
Enter hyphen with the  
[Monitor/Pause] button  
SYS Maximum 192 letters  
List: 256 digits  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) User's telephone number  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) User's E-mail address  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
SYS Maximum 100 letters  
SYS Maximum 5 digits  
SYS Maximum 50 letters  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) User's address  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) Service number  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) Service technician's name  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
SYS Maximum 32 digits  
Enter hyphen with the  
[Monitor/Pause] button  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) Service technician's tele-  
phone number  
745  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
ALL  
SYS Maximum 192 letters  
List: 256 digits  
11  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) Service technician's E-mail  
address  
746  
747  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
ALL  
ALL  
SYS Maximum 50 letters  
SYS Maximum 100 letters  
11  
11  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) Supplier's name  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
nance  
tion of supplies  
(Remote) Supplier's address  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 136  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
748  
Mainte- Automatic ordering func-  
nance tion of supplies  
(Remote) Notes  
ALL  
SYS Maximum 128 letters  
11  
11  
1
749  
750  
751  
752  
753  
754  
755  
756  
757  
758  
759  
760  
761  
762  
763  
764  
765  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
SYS Maximum 20 digits  
2
nance  
Part number of toner car-  
(Remote) tridge C  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
nance  
Order quantity of toner car-  
<1-99>  
(Remote) tridge C  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
1
nance  
Condition number of toner  
<1-99>  
(Remote) cartridge C  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
SYS Maximum 20 digits  
11  
1
nance  
Part number of toner car-  
(Remote) tridge M  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
nance  
Order quantity of toner car-  
<1-99>  
(Remote) tridge M  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
1
nance  
Condition number of toner  
<1-99>  
(Remote) cartridge M  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
-
SYS Maximum 20 digits  
11  
1
nance  
Part number of toner car-  
(Remote) tridge Y  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
nance  
Order quantity of toner car-  
<1-99>  
(Remote) tridge Y  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
1
nance  
Condition number of toner  
<1-99>  
(Remote) cartridge Y  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
-
SYS Maximum 20 digits  
11  
1
nance  
Part number of toner car-  
(Remote) tridge K  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
nance  
Order quantity of toner car-  
<1-99>  
(Remote) tridge K  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
1
nance  
Condition number of toner  
<1-99>  
(Remote) cartridge K  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
-
SYS Maximum 20 digits  
11  
1
nance  
Part number of toner bag  
(Remote)  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
1
SYS  
SYS  
nance  
Order quantity of toner bag  
<1-99>  
(Remote)  
Mainte- Information about supplies  
nance Condition number of toner  
(Remote) bag  
Mainte- Automatic ordering sup-  
1
1
<1-99>  
1
SYS 0: OFF  
1: Always  
1
nance  
plies  
<0-2>  
(Remote) Result table printout  
Mainte- Automatic ordering sup-  
2: ON Error  
2
SYS 0: Valid  
(FAX/Internet FAX)  
1: Valid  
1
nance  
plies  
<0-2>  
(Remote) Display  
(FAX/Internet FAX/  
HTTP)  
2: Invalid  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 137  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
767  
Mainte- Service Notification setting  
nance  
ALL  
0
SYS Enables to set up to 3  
E-mail  
1
<0-2>  
(Remote)  
addresses to be sent.  
(08-768, 777, 778)  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid (E-mail)  
2: Valid (FAX)  
768  
769  
770  
771  
772  
773  
774  
775  
776  
777  
778  
780  
Mainte- Destination E-mail address  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
SYS Maximum 192 letters  
11  
1
nance  
1
(Remote)  
Mainte- Total counter information  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
nance  
transmission setting  
<0-1>  
(Remote)  
Mainte- Total counter transmission  
1
SYS 1 to 31  
1
nance  
date setting  
<1-31>  
(Remote)  
Mainte- PM counter notification set-  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
nance  
ting  
<0-1>  
(Remote)  
Mainte- Dealer's name  
nance  
-
-
SYS Maximum 100 letters  
Needed at initial regis-  
tration  
SYS Maximum 20 letters  
Needed at initial regis-  
tration  
11  
11  
1
Mainte- Login name  
nance  
Mainte- Display setting of [Service  
0
SYS 0: Not displayed  
1: Displayed  
nance  
Notification] button  
<0-1>  
(Remote)  
Mainte- Sending error contents of  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
nance  
equipment  
<0-1>  
(Remote)  
Mainte- Setting total counter trans-  
nance mission interval  
(Remote) (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)  
Mainte- Destination E-mail address  
-
-
-
SYS  
1
SYS Maximum 192 letters  
SYS Maximum 192 letters  
11  
11  
1
nance  
2
(Remote)  
Mainte- Destination E-mail address  
nance  
3
(Remote)  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
nance polling day selection Day-1  
0
SYS 0: OFF  
1 to 31:  
<0-31>  
1st to 31st of a  
month  
781  
782  
783  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
nance polling day selection Day-2  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: OFF  
1 to 31:  
1st to 31st of a  
month  
SYS 0: OFF  
1 to 31:  
1st to 31st of a  
month  
SYS 0: OFF  
1 to 31:  
1
1
1
<0-31>  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
nance polling day selection Day-3  
0
<0-31>  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
nance polling day selection Day-4  
0
<0-31>  
1st to 31st of a  
month  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 138  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
784  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
1
1
1
1
nance  
polling day selection Sun-  
day  
<0-1>  
785  
786  
787  
788  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
2
nance  
polling day selection Mon-  
<0-1>  
day  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
nance  
polling day selection Tues-  
day  
<0-1>  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
nance  
polling day selection  
Wednesday  
<0-1>  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
nance  
polling day selection  
Thursday  
<0-1>  
789  
790  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
nance polling day selection Friday  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
nance  
polling day selection Satur-  
day  
791  
792  
793  
794  
795  
796  
Mainte- Information of supplies set-  
nance ting of toner cartridge C  
Mainte- Information of supplies set-  
nance ting of toner cartridge M  
Mainte- Information of supplies set-  
nance ting of toner cartridge Y  
Mainte- Information of supplies set-  
nance ting of toner cartridge K  
Mainte- Information of supplies set-  
nance ting of toner bag  
Mainte- Remote-controlled service  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
1
1
1
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
nance  
lengthened interval polling  
(End of month)  
797  
816  
Mainte- Firmware download  
nance  
Transfer 1st transfer roller bias  
resistance detection con-  
trol  
Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias  
temperature detection con-  
trol  
Transfer Temperature correction  
factor table setting  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Accepted  
1: Prohibited  
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
M
M
M
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
817  
818  
ALL  
ALL  
1
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
1
1
<0-1>  
JPN: 1  
UC: 0  
EUR: 0  
Others: 1  
<0-1>  
0: No Damp Heater  
1: Damp Heater  
installed  
819-0  
819-1  
819-2  
Develop- Color auto-  
Y
M
C
ALL  
256  
M
M
M
Sets the target output  
value of color auto-  
toner sensor to the  
sleeve in the auto-toner  
control. (This is set  
when performing the  
automatic adjustment of  
auto-toner sensor.)  
4
4
4
ment  
toner sensor  
output setting  
for initial  
(color) <0-1023>  
ALL 256  
(color) <0-1023>  
ALL 256  
(color) <0-1023>  
developer  
material  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 139  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
820-0  
820-1  
820-2  
821  
Develop- Color auto-  
ment  
Y
M
C
ALL  
M
M
M
M
Displays the output  
value of the color auto-  
toner sensor to the  
4
4
4
1
toner sensor  
output  
(color) <0-1023>  
ALL  
(color) <0-1023>  
ALL  
(color) <0-1023>  
-
display for  
developer  
material  
sleeve in color printing.  
-
Develop- ON/OFF of the mode for  
ment  
ALL  
(color)  
0
Sets whether or not  
performing an aging to  
stabilize the status of  
developer material  
when the toner density  
is uneven or the toner  
charging amount is low-  
ered.  
developer material stabili-  
zation  
<0-1>  
0: ON  
1: OFF  
822-0  
822-1  
822-2  
Develop- Number of  
Y
M
C
ALL  
0
M
M
M
Displays the number of  
times the developer  
material stabilization is  
performed.  
4
4
4
ment  
times the  
mode for  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL  
(color) <0-255>  
0
developer  
material stabi-  
lization is per-  
formed  
0
823-0  
823-1  
823-2  
Develop- Color auto-  
Y
M
C
ALL  
(color)  
0
M
M
M
Displays 1when the  
abnormal output volt-  
age is detected for the  
color auto-toner sensor  
light amount correction.  
([CF40] error)  
4
4
4
ment  
toner sensor/  
light amount  
correction  
<0-1>  
ALL  
(color)  
0
voltage abnor-  
mal detection  
<0-1>  
0: Normal  
1: Abnormality  
ALL  
(color)  
0
<0-1>  
detected  
824-0  
824-1  
824-2  
Develop- Color auto-  
Y
M
C
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
0
M
M
M
Displays 1when the  
abnormal toner density  
detection voltage is  
detected. ([CF20] error)  
0: Normal  
4
4
4
ment  
toner sensor/  
toner density  
detection volt-  
age abnormal  
detection  
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
1: Abnormality  
<0-1>  
detected  
849  
Fuser  
Fusing control switching for  
TWD and SAD models  
ALL  
Other  
than  
M
1
TWD and  
SAD: 0  
TWD and  
SAD: 1  
<0-1>  
858-0  
858-1  
858-2  
Develop- Color toner  
Y
M
C
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
0
M
M
M
Becomes 1when the  
toner density decreases  
and it is judged forced  
toner supply is needed.  
0: Normal level  
14  
14  
14  
ment  
forced supply  
level display  
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
1: Forced supply level  
<0-1>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 140  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
859-0  
859-1  
859-2  
860-0  
860-1  
Develop- Toner empty  
ment detection  
Y
M
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color) <0-1023>  
ALL  
(color) <0-1023>  
0
M
M
M
M
M
Becomes 1when  
detecting the toner  
empty.  
0: Normal  
1: Empty detected  
14  
14  
14  
4
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
20  
2
C
Develop- Color auto-  
Upper limit  
Lower limit  
Sets the range for judg-  
ing whether the sensor  
output value when the  
sensor light source is  
OFF is correct  
ment  
toner sensor/  
proper range  
setting of OFF  
level voltage  
0
4
or not.  
861-0  
861-1  
Develop- Color auto-  
Upper limit  
Lower limit  
ALL  
205  
M
M
Sets the range for judg-  
ing whether the adjust-  
ment result of sensor  
light amount is correct  
or not.  
4
4
ment  
toner sensor/  
proper range  
setting of  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL  
40  
standard light  
amount volt-  
age  
(color) <0-255>  
862-0  
Develop- Color auto-  
Upper limit  
ALL  
950  
M
Sets the range for judg-  
ing whether the sensor  
output value for the ref-  
erence plate is correct  
or not.  
4
ment  
toner sensor/  
proper range  
setting of ref-  
erence plate  
output  
(color) <0-1023>  
862-1  
863-0  
Lower limit  
Upper limit  
ALL  
205  
M
M
4
4
(color) <0-1023>  
Develop- Color auto-  
ALL  
450  
Sets the range for judg-  
ing whether the sensor  
output value for the  
ment  
toner sensor/  
proper range  
setting of  
(color) <0-1023>  
sleeve is correct or not.  
863-1  
864  
Lower limit  
ALL  
155  
M
M
4
2
developer out-  
put  
Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/  
(color) <0-1023>  
ALL  
-
Displays the sensor  
output value when the  
sensor light source is  
OFF at power ON.  
ment  
sensor OFF output value  
display at power ON  
(color) <0-1023>  
865  
Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/  
ALL  
-
M
Displays the sensor  
output value with the  
standard light amount  
for the reference plate  
at power ON.  
2
ment  
reference plate output  
value display at power ON  
(color) <0-1023>  
866-0  
866-1  
Develop- Color auto-  
Upper limit  
Lower limit  
ALL  
820  
M
M
Sets the range for judg-  
ing whether the differ-  
ence between the  
sensor output when the  
sensor light source is  
OFF and the sensor  
output for the reference  
plate is correct or not.  
4
4
ment  
toner sensor/  
abnormal  
(color) <0-1023>  
detection  
potential dif-  
ference set-  
ting of  
Develop-  
ment  
ALL  
205  
(color) <0-1023>  
reference  
plate output  
867  
Develop- Color auto-toner control  
ALL  
(color)  
0
M
Sets whether the sen-  
sor light amount is cor-  
rected or not depending  
on the environment and  
life.  
1
ment  
environment and life light  
amount correction setting  
<0-1>  
0: Correction  
1: No correction  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 141  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
4
868  
Develop- Color auto-toner adjust-  
ment  
ALL  
M
Sets the difference from  
the target value for  
judging whether the  
color auto-toner adjust-  
ment finishes correctly  
or not.  
1
ment finishing range set-  
ting  
(color) <0-255>  
869  
870  
Develop- Color auto-toner control  
ALL  
5
M
M
Sets the difference from  
the target value for  
judging whether the  
light amount correction  
finishes correctly or not.  
Sets the number of  
times of continuous  
error detection before  
the light amount correc-  
tion abnormality is dis-  
played.  
1
1
ment  
environment and life light  
amount correction/correc-  
tion finishing range setting  
(color) <0-255>  
Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/  
ALL  
3
ment  
setting of number of times  
of error detection at light  
amount correction  
(color) <0-255>  
871  
872  
Develop- Color auto-toner control  
ALL  
0
M
M
Displays the number of  
times of the reference  
plate detection error for  
the environment and life  
light amount correction.  
Displays the number of  
times of the light  
amount control voltage  
adjustment error for the  
environment and life  
light amount correction.  
2
2
ment  
environment and life light  
amount correction/display  
of number of times of refer-  
ence plate detection error  
(color) <0-255>  
Develop- Color auto-toner control  
ALL  
0
ment  
environment and life light  
amount correction/display  
of number of times of light  
amount control voltage  
adjustment error  
(color) <0-255>  
873-0  
873-1  
873-2  
874  
Develop- Color auto-  
Y
M
C
ALL  
(color) <0-1023>  
ALL 256  
(color) <0-1023>  
ALL 256  
(color) <0-1023>  
256  
M
M
M
M
Sets the initial devel-  
oper output target  
value.  
4
4
4
1
ment  
Develop-  
ment  
Develop-  
ment  
toner control/  
developer ini-  
tial output set-  
ting  
Develop- Color developer life correc-  
ment tion  
ALL  
0
Sets whether the toner  
density detection volt-  
age correction is per-  
formed or not  
(color)  
<0-1>  
depending on the  
developer life in the  
color auto-toner control.  
0: Corrected  
1: Not corrected  
875-0  
875-1  
875-2  
Develop- Color devel-  
Y
M
C
ALL  
(color)  
0
M
M
M
Sets the correction  
4
4
4
ment  
oper life cor-  
rection value  
(segment 0)  
<-512-  
511>  
0
<-512-  
511>  
0
amount of the toner  
density detection volt-  
age depending on the  
developer life. In this  
code, the life count  
within 0-2000 is set as  
the correction amount.  
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
<-512-  
511>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 142  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
876-0  
Develop- Color devel-  
Y
M
C
Y
ALL  
(color)  
-4  
<-512-  
511>  
-2  
<-512-  
511>  
-2  
<-512-  
511>  
-6  
<-512-  
511>  
-3  
<-512-  
511>  
-3  
<-512-  
511>  
-8  
<-512-  
511>  
-4  
<-512-  
511>  
-4  
<-512-  
511>  
-10  
<-512-  
511>  
-5  
<-512-  
511>  
-5  
<-512-  
511>  
-12  
<-512-  
511>  
-6  
<-512-  
511>  
-6  
M
Sets the correction  
amount of the toner  
density detection volt-  
age depending on the  
developer life. In this  
code, the life count  
within 2001-5000 is set  
as the correction  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ment  
oper life cor-  
rection value  
(segment 1)  
876-1  
876-2  
877-0  
877-1  
877-2  
878-0  
878-1  
878-2  
879-0  
879-1  
879-2  
880-0  
880-1  
880-2  
881-0  
881-1  
881-2  
ALL  
(color)  
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
2
ALL  
(color)  
amount.  
Develop- Color devel-  
ALL  
(color)  
Sets the correction  
amount of the toner  
density detection volt-  
age depending on the  
developer life. In this  
code, the life count  
within 5001-10000 is  
set as the correction  
amount.  
ment  
oper life cor-  
rection value  
(segment 2)  
M
C
Y
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
Develop- Color devel-  
ALL  
(color)  
Sets the correction  
amount of the toner  
density detection volt-  
age depending on the  
developer life. In this  
code, the life count  
within 10001-20000 is  
set as the correction  
amount.  
ment  
oper life cor-  
rection value  
(segment 3)  
M
C
Y
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
Develop- Color devel-  
ALL  
(color)  
Sets the correction  
amount of the toner  
density detection volt-  
age depending on the  
developer life. In this  
code, the life count  
within 20001-30000 is  
set as the correction  
amount.  
ment  
oper life cor-  
rection value  
(segment 4)  
M
C
Y
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
Develop- Color devel-  
ALL  
(color)  
Sets the correction  
amount of the toner  
density detection volt-  
age depending on the  
developer life. In this  
code, the life count  
within 30001-37500 is  
set as the correction  
amount.  
ment  
oper life cor-  
rection value  
(segment 5)  
M
C
Y
ALL  
(color)  
ALL  
(color)  
<-512-  
511>  
-12  
<-512-  
511>  
-6  
<-512-  
511>  
-6  
<-512-  
511>  
Develop- Color devel-  
ALL  
(color)  
Sets the correction  
ment  
oper life cor-  
rection value  
(segment 6)  
amount of the toner  
density detection volt-  
age depending on the  
developer life. In this  
code, the life count  
M
C
ALL  
(color)  
37501 or more is set as  
the correction amount.  
ALL  
(color)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 143  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
900  
Version System firmware ROM ver-  
sion  
ALL  
-
JPN: T410SY0JXXX  
UC: T410SY0UXXX  
EUR: T410SY0EXXX  
Others: T410SY0XXXX  
2
903  
905  
907  
908  
911  
Version Engine ROM version  
Version Scanner ROM version  
Version RADF ROM version  
Version Finisher ROM version  
Version Finisher punch ROM ver-  
sion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
410M-XXX  
410S-XXX  
DF-XXXX  
SDL-XX FIN-XX  
PUN-XXX  
2
2
2
2
2
915  
920  
Version FAX board ROM version  
Version FROM basic section soft-  
ware version  
FAX  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
F562-XXX  
VX.XX/X.XX  
2
2
921  
922  
Version FROM internal program  
Version UI data fixed section ver-  
sion  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
2
2
923  
924  
925  
926  
927  
928  
929  
930  
Version UI data common section  
version  
Version Version of UI data lan-  
guage 1 in HDD  
Version Version of UI data lan-  
guage 2 in HDD  
Version Version of UI data lan-  
guage 3 in HDD  
Version Version of UI data lan-  
guage 4 in HDD  
Version Version of UI data lan-  
guage 5 in HDD  
Version Version of UI data lan-  
guage 6 in HDD  
Version Version of UI data in  
FROM displayed at power-  
ON  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
931  
Version Version of UI data lan-  
guage 7 in HDD  
ALL  
-
-
VXXX.XXX X  
2
933  
934  
Version Web data whole version  
Version Web UI data in HDD  
Version: Language 1  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
2
2
935  
936  
937  
938  
939  
944  
Version Web UI data in HDD  
Version: Language 2  
Version Web UI data in HDD  
Version: Language 3  
Version Web UI data in HDD  
Version: Language 4  
Version Web UI data in HDD  
Version: Language 5  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
VXXX.XXX X  
2
2
2
2
2
2
Version Web UI data in HDD  
Version: Language 6  
Version HD version  
JPN: T410HD0JXXX  
UC: T410HD0UXXX  
EUR: T410HD0EXXX  
Others: T410HD0XXXX  
945  
Network Two-way setting of Raw-  
Port 9100  
ALL  
2
UTY 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
12  
<1-2>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 144  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
947  
General Initialization after software  
version upgrade  
ALL  
-
Perform this code when  
the software in this  
equipment has been  
upgraded.  
3
1
1
2
949  
950  
General Automatic interruption  
page setting during black  
printing  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the number of  
pages to interrupt the  
printing automatically.  
0-100: 0 to 100 pages  
SYS Sets the start-up  
method of the Elec-  
tronic Filing.  
<0-100>  
Elec-  
tronic  
filing  
Start-up method of Elec-  
tronic Filing  
0
<0-2>  
0: Standard  
1: Forced start-up  
(Not recovered)  
2: Forced start-up  
(Recovered)  
951  
User  
Image setting for Electronic  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: General  
1: Photograph  
2: Presentation  
3: Line art  
1
interface Filing printing (Only for  
color image)  
<0-3>  
953  
954  
User  
Access code entry for  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Renewed automati-  
cally  
1
1
interface Electronic Filing printing  
<0-1>  
1: Enter every time  
User  
Clearing timing for files and  
1
SYS 0: Immediately after  
the completion of  
scanning  
interface Electronic Filing Agent  
<0-1>  
1: Cleared by Auto  
Clear  
969  
970  
User  
interface  
User  
Error sound  
ALL  
ALL  
1
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
1
1
<0-1>  
EUR: 1  
UC: 1  
JPN: 0  
<0-1>  
Sound setting when  
interface switching to Energy Saving  
Mode  
973  
975  
976  
Network PCL line feed code setting  
PRT  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the PCL line feed  
code.  
1
1
1
<0-3>  
0: Automatic setting  
1: CR=CR, LF=LF  
2: CR=CR+LF, LF=LF  
3: CR=CR, LF=CR+LF  
General Job handling when print-  
ing is short paid with coin  
controller  
1
SYS Sets whether pause or  
stop the printing job  
when it is short paid  
using a coin controller.  
0: Pause the job  
<0-1>  
1: Stop the job  
Scanning Equipment name and user  
name setting to a folder  
0
SYS Sets whether or not  
adding the equipment  
name and user name to  
the folder when saving  
files.  
<0-2>  
when saving files  
0: Not add  
1: Add the equipment  
name  
2: Add the user name  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 145  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
978  
Network Raw printing job  
(Paper feeding drawer)  
PRT  
0
SYS 0: AUTO  
1: Upper drawer  
1
<0-5>  
2: Lower drawer  
3: PFP upper drawer  
4: PFP lower drawer  
5: LCF  
979  
Network Raw printing job  
(PCL symbol set)  
PRT  
0
SYS 0: Roman-8  
1
<0-39>  
1: ISO 8859/1 Latin 1  
2: ISO 8859/2 Latin 2  
3: ISO 8859/9 Latin 5  
4: PC-8, Code Page  
437  
5: PC-8 D/N, Danish/  
Norwegian  
6: PC-850, Multilingual  
7: PC-852, Latin2  
8: PC-8 Turkish  
9: Windows 3.1 Latin 1  
10: Windows 3.1 Latin 2  
11: Windows 3.1 Latin 5  
12: DeskTop  
13: PS Text  
14: Ventura Interna-  
tional  
15: Ventura US  
16: Microsoft Publishing  
17: Math-8  
18: PS Math  
19: Ventura Math  
20: Pi Font  
21: Legal  
22: ISO 4: United King-  
dom  
23: ISO 6: ASCII  
24: ISO 11  
25: ISO 15: Italian  
26: ISO 17  
27: ISO 21: German  
28: ISO 60: Danish/Nor-  
wegian  
29: ISO 69: French  
30: Windows 3.0 Latin 1  
31: MC Text  
32: PC Cyrillic  
33: ITC Zapf Dingbats  
34: ISO 8859/10 Latin 6  
35: PC-775  
36: PC-1004  
37: Symbol  
38: Windows Baltic  
39: Wingdings  
983  
986  
User  
interface setting  
General Copy function setting  
JOB STATUS initial screen  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Print  
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
1: Private  
SYS Sets the copy function  
to be invalid.  
PPC  
0: Valid  
1: Invalid  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 146  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
988  
Paper  
Setting of paper size  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Not switched  
1: LG 13"LG  
1
feeding switching to 13" LG  
<0-2>  
2: FOLIO 13"LG  
995  
Mainte- Equipment number  
ALL  
0
SYS This code can be also  
keyed in from the  
adjustment mode (05-  
976).  
11  
2
nance  
(serial number) display  
<10 dig-  
its>  
10 digits  
999  
Mainte- FSMS total counter  
nance  
Network Selection of NIC board sta-  
tus information  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Refer to values of total  
counter.  
NIC 1: Not printed out  
when the copier is  
restarted  
1
<8 digits>  
1002  
1
12  
<1-2>  
2: Printed out when  
the copier is  
restarted  
1003  
Network Communication speed and  
settings of Ethernet  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Auto  
2: 10MBPS Half  
Duplex  
12  
<1-5>  
3: 10MBPS Full  
Duplex  
4: 100MBPS Half  
Duplex  
5: 100MBPS Full  
Duplex  
1006  
Network Address Mode  
ALL  
2
NIC 1: Fixed IP address  
2: Dynamic IP address  
3: Dynamic IP address  
without AutoIP  
12  
<1-3>  
1007  
1008  
Network Domain name  
Network IP address  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
NIC Maximum 96 letters  
12  
12  
NIC 000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
000.000.000.000)  
1009  
1010  
Network Subnet mask  
Network Gateway  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
NIC 000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
12  
12  
000.000.000.000)  
NIC 000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
000.000.000.000)  
1011  
1012  
Network Availability of IPX  
Network Network frame type  
ALL  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
NIC 1: Automatic  
2: IEEE802.3  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
1
<1-5>  
3: Ethernet II  
4: IEEE802.3 SNAP  
5: IEEE802.2  
1014  
1015  
1016  
1017  
Network Availability of AppleTalk  
Network Zone setting of AppleTalk  
Network Availability of LDAP  
Network Availability of DNS  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
NIC Maximum 32 letters  
*: Wildcard character  
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
12  
12  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
*
1
<1-2>  
1
<1-2>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 147  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
1018  
Network IP address to DNS server  
(Primary)  
ALL  
NIC 000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
12  
12  
12  
000.000.000.000)  
1019  
1020  
Network IP address to DNS server  
(Secondary)  
ALL  
ALL  
-
NIC 000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
000.000.000.000)  
Network DDNS Desired level  
1
NIC 1: Invalid  
2: Via DHCP  
<1-5>  
3: Insecure DDNS  
4: Secure DDNS  
5: Multi-secure DDNS  
1022  
1023  
Network From Name Creation set-  
ting in SMTP authentica-  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Not edited  
1: Account name of  
From Address  
1
<0-1>  
+Device name  
Network NetBios name  
MFP_  
serial  
UTY Maximum 15 letters  
The network-related  
serial number of the  
equipment appears at  
"serial"  
12  
1024  
1025  
Network Name of WINS server or IP  
address (Primary)  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
UTY 000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
12  
12  
000.000.000.000)  
Network Name of WINS server or IP  
address (Secondary)  
UTY 000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
000.000.000.000)  
1026  
1027  
Network Availability of Bindery  
Network Availability of NDS  
ALL  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
1
<1-2>  
1028  
1029  
1030  
Network Directory service context  
Network Directory service tree  
Network Availability of HTTP server  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
1
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
NIC Maximum 47 letters  
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
12  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
1031  
1032  
Network Port number to NIC HTTP  
server  
ALL  
ALL  
80  
<1-  
65535>  
8080  
<1-  
NIC  
12  
12  
Network Port number to system  
HTTP server  
NIC  
65535>  
1037  
1038  
1039  
Network Availability of SMTP client  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
NIC Maximum 128 Bytes  
12  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
-
Network FQDN or IP address to  
SMTP server  
Network TCP port number of SMTP  
client  
25  
<1-  
NIC  
65535>  
1040  
1041  
Network Availability of SMTP server  
ALL  
ALL  
1
UTY 1: Available  
2: Not available  
UTY  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
25  
<1-  
Network TCP port number of SMTP  
server  
65535>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 148  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
-
1042  
1043  
1044  
1045  
1046  
1047  
1048  
Network E-mail box name to SMTP  
server  
UTY Maximum 192 letters  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
Network Availability of Offramp  
2
UTY 1: Available  
2: Not available  
UTY 1: Available  
2: Not available  
UTY 1: Available  
2: Not available  
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
<1-2>  
1
<1-2>  
1
<1-2>  
1
<1-2>  
-
2
Network Offramp security  
Network Printing at Offramp  
Network Availability of POP3 clients  
Network FQDN or IP address to  
POP3 server  
Network Types of POP3 server  
NIC Maximum 128 Bytes  
1
NIC 1: Automatic  
2: POP3  
<1-3>  
3: APOP  
1049  
Network Login name to POP3  
server  
Network Login password to POP3  
Network E-mail reception interval  
ALL  
-
-
NIC Maximum 96 letters  
12  
1050  
1051  
ALL  
ALL  
NIC Maximum 96 letters  
NIC Unit: Minute  
12  
12  
5
<0-4096>  
1052  
1055  
Network TCP port number of POP3  
client  
ALL  
ALL  
110  
<1-  
65535>  
21  
<1-  
NIC  
12  
12  
Network TCP port number of FTP  
client  
UTY  
65535>  
1059  
1060  
Network Availability of FTP server  
ALL  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
UTY  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
21  
<1-  
Network TCP port number of FTP  
server  
65535>  
1063  
Network MIB function  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
12  
<1-2>  
1065  
1066  
Network Setting of read Community  
Network Setting of read/Write Com-  
munity  
ALL  
ALL  
public  
private  
NIC Maximum 31 letters  
NIC Maximum 31 letters  
12  
12  
1069  
Network TRAP destination IP  
address  
ALL  
-
UTY 000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value  
12  
000.000.000.000)  
1070  
1073  
1074  
Network Community setting of  
TRAP (via IP)  
Network Availability of Raw/TCP  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
public  
NIC Maximum 31 letters  
12  
12  
12  
1
NIC 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
NIC  
<1-2>  
9100  
<1-  
Network TCP port number of Raw  
65535>  
1075  
1076  
Network Availability of LPD client  
Network TCP port number of LPD  
ALL  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
NIC  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
515  
<1-  
65535>  
1077  
1078  
Network LPD queue name  
Network Availability of IPP  
ALL  
ALL  
-
1
NIC Maximum 31 letters  
NIC 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 149  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
1079  
1080  
Network Availability of IPP port  
1
NIC 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
NIC  
12  
12  
number 80”  
<1-2>  
631  
<1-  
Network TCP port number of IPP  
65535>  
1081  
Network IPP printer name  
ALL  
MFP_  
serial  
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
The network-related  
serial number of the  
equipment appears at  
"serial"  
12  
1082  
1083  
1084  
Network IPP printer location  
Network IPP printer information  
Network IPP printer information  
(more)  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
12  
12  
12  
1085  
1086  
1087  
Network Installer of IPP printer  
driver  
Network IPP printer Make and  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
12  
12  
12  
Model”  
Network IPP printer information  
(more)  
MFGR  
1088  
1089  
Network IPP message from opera-  
tor  
Network Availability of FTP print  
ALL  
ALL  
-
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
12  
12  
1
NIC 1: Available  
2: Not available  
<1-2>  
1090  
1091  
Network Printer user name of FTP  
Network Printer user password of  
FTP  
ALL  
ALL  
print  
-
NIC Maximum 31 letters  
NIC Maximum 31 letters  
12  
12  
1092  
1093  
Network TCP port number to FTP  
print server  
ALL  
ALL  
21  
<1-  
65535>  
MFP_  
serial  
NIC  
12  
12  
Network Login name to Novell print  
server  
NIC Maximum 47 letters  
The network-related  
serial number of the  
equipment appears at  
"serial"  
1094  
1095  
1096  
1097  
Network Login password to Novell  
print server  
Network Name of SearchRoot  
server  
Network Scan rate setting of print  
queue  
Network Page number limitation for  
printing text of received  
Email  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
NIC Maximum 31 letters  
NIC Maximum 31 letters  
NIC Unit: Second  
UTY  
12  
12  
12  
12  
5
<1-255>  
5
<1-99>  
1098  
1099  
Network MDN return mail setting  
when receiving E-mail  
Network Trap destination of IPX  
ALL  
ALL  
2
UTY 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
UTY 24 letters  
(Valid from 0 to 9 and  
from A to F)  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
-
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 150  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1100  
Network Method of SMTP server  
authentication  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Disable  
2: Plain  
12  
<1-7,10>  
3: Login  
4; Cram-MD5  
5: Digest MD5  
6: Kerberos  
7: NTLM  
2
10: Auto  
1101  
1102  
1103  
1104  
Network Login name for SMTP  
server authentication  
Network Login password for SMTP  
server authentication  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
NIC Maximum 64 letters  
NIC Maximum 64 letters  
12  
12  
12  
12  
Network Rendezvous setting  
1
NIC 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
NIC Maximum 127 letters  
The network-related  
serial number of the  
equipment appears at  
"serial"  
<1-2>  
MFP_  
serial  
Network Link local host name  
1105  
Network Service name setting  
ALL  
Refer to  
contents  
NIC Maximum 63 letters  
The network-related  
serial number of the  
equipment appears at  
"serial"  
12  
<Default value>  
e-STUDIO281C:  
TOSHIBA  
e-STUDIO281C_serial  
e-STUDIO351C:  
TOSHIBA  
e-STUDIO351C_serial  
e-STUDIO451C:  
TOSHIBA  
e-STUDIO451C_serial  
1111  
1112  
Network POP Before SMTP setting  
Network Host name  
ALL  
ALL  
2
NIC 1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
MFP_  
serial  
NIC Maximum 63 letters  
The network-related  
serial number of the  
equipment appears at  
"serial"  
1113  
1114  
1117  
Network Windows domain No.1 of  
user authentication  
Network Sending mail text of Inter-  
netFAX  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
12  
1
1
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS Unit: Second  
<0-1>  
300  
<1-9999>  
Network SMB time-out period  
1
1118  
1119  
General Clearing of TAT partition  
Network Initialization of NIC infor-  
mation  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
SYS  
-
3
3
Initializes only the infor-  
mation of the Network  
setting items.  
1121  
1122  
Network PDC (Primary Domain  
Controller) name No.1 of  
authentication  
Network BDC (Backup Domain  
Controller) name No.1 of  
authentication  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
12  
12  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 151  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1123  
Network Windows domain of device  
authentication  
ALL  
4
UTY 3: ON  
12  
<3-4>  
(Domain selected)  
4: OFF  
(Work group  
selected)  
1124  
1125  
Network Workgroup name  
ALL  
ALL  
work-  
group  
0
UTY Maximum 15 letters  
12  
1
General Data writing of address  
book data import  
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
<0-1>  
(overwriting method)  
1126  
Counter Validity of interrupt copy-  
ing when external counters  
are installed  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1
<0-1>  
1128  
1129  
1130  
Network NetwareUserAuthTree  
Name1  
Network NetwareUserAuthContext  
Name1  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
UTY Maximum 47 letters  
UTY Maximum 127 letters  
12  
12  
1
User  
Job Build Function  
1
SYS Sets the Job Build  
Function.  
interface  
<0-1>  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1131  
1132  
User  
Maximum number of time  
ALL  
ALL  
1000  
<5-1000>  
SYS Sets the maximum  
number of time a job  
build has been per-  
formed.  
1
1
interface job build performed  
5-1000: 5 to 1000 times  
General Default screen selection of  
the User Function menu  
1
SYS Selects the default  
screen when entering  
the User Function menu  
by pressing the [USER  
FUNCTIONS] button.  
0: ADDRESS  
<0-1>  
1: COUNTER  
1134  
1135  
Network NetwareUserAuthTree  
Name2  
ALL  
ALL  
-
UTY Maximum 47 letters  
12  
1
Paper  
Default setting of drawers  
1
SYS 1: LCF  
feeding (Printer/BOX)  
<1-5>  
2: Upper drawer  
3: Lower drawer  
4: PFP upper drawer  
5: PFP lower drawer  
1138  
Network LDAP search method set-  
ting  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the search method  
when performing a  
LDAP search.  
1
<0-3>  
0: Partial match  
1: Prefix match  
2: Suffix match  
3: Full match  
1139  
1140  
Network LDAP authentication set-  
ting  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Not authenticated  
1: Authenticated  
SYS Selects the restriction of  
the template function  
usage setting.  
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
User  
Restriction of the template  
interface function with the adminis-  
trator privilege  
0: No restriction  
1: Only available with  
the administrator  
privilege.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 152  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
1141  
Network Display of MAC address  
ALL  
SYS (**:**:**:**:**:**)  
The address is dis-  
2
played as above (6-byte  
data is divided by a  
colon at every 2 bytes).  
2
1143  
1144  
1145  
Network NetwareUserAuthContext  
Name2  
Network NetwareUserAuthTree  
Name3  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
UTY Maximum 127 letters  
12  
12  
11  
UTY Maximum 47 letters  
Mainte- Counter notification  
SYS Maximum 32 digits  
Enter a hyphen with the  
[MONITOR/PAUSE]  
button.  
nance  
Remote FAX setting  
(Remote)  
1148  
1370  
Network NetwareUserAuthContext  
Name3  
ALL  
ALL  
-
UTY Maximum 127 letters  
12  
1
Image  
Image quality control time  
0
M
M
M
Counts driving count of  
the drum (image qual-  
ity control time).  
Counts up when drum  
motor and image quality  
control are ON.  
process- accumulating counter  
ing  
<8 digits>  
1371  
1372  
Image  
Accumulated counter of  
ALL  
ALL  
0
Cleared to 0by the  
image quality closed-  
loop control. Counts up  
with the number of  
printing job received  
after this control.  
Counts up the heater  
control time accumu-  
lated (when power of  
the copier is ON) but  
does not count at the  
Sleep Mode. When the  
counter value of the  
fuser belt is cleared,  
this counter value is  
also cleared in sync at  
PM support mode.  
2
1
process- output pages since the per-  
<4 digits>  
ing  
forming of image quality  
control  
Image  
Heater and energizing time  
0
process- accumulating counter Dis-  
<8 digits>  
ing  
play/0 clearing  
1378  
Image  
Fuser roller ready tempera-  
ALL  
0
M
Counts up the heater  
control time accumu-  
lated (on standby).  
When the counter value  
of the fuser belt is  
cleared, this counter  
value is also cleared in  
sync at PM support  
mode.  
2
process- ture time accumulating  
<8 digits>  
ing  
counter  
1380  
Image  
Fuser roller printing tem-  
ALL  
0
M
Counts up the heater  
control time accumu-  
lated (during printing).  
When the counter value  
of the fuser belt is  
cleared, this counter  
value is also cleared in  
sync at PM support  
mode.  
2
process- perature time accumulating  
<8 digits>  
ing counter  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 153  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1382  
Image  
Fuser roller energy saving  
ALL  
0
M
Counts up the heater  
control time accumu-  
lated (at energy saving  
mode). When the  
2
process- temperature time accumu-  
<8 digits>  
ing  
lating counter Display/0  
clearing  
counter value of the  
fuser belt is cleared,  
this counter value is  
also cleared in sync at  
PM support mode.  
1385  
1386  
1387  
1388  
Image  
Number of output pages  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
M
M
Counts up when the  
registration sensor is  
ON. When the counter  
value of the fuser belt is  
cleared, this counter  
value is also cleared in  
sync at PM support  
mode.  
Counts up when the  
registration sensor is  
ON. When the counter  
value of the fuser belt is  
cleared, this counter  
value is also cleared in  
sync at PM support  
mode.  
Counts up when the  
registration sensor is  
ON. When the counter  
value of the fuser belt is  
cleared, this counter  
value is also cleared in  
sync at PM support  
mode.  
Counts up when the  
registration sensor is  
ON. When the counter  
value of the fuser belt is  
cleared, this counter  
value is also cleared in  
sync at PM support  
mode.  
1
1
1
1
process- (Thick paper 1)  
ing  
<8 digits>  
Image  
Number of output pages  
0
process- (Thick paper 2)  
ing  
<8 digits>  
Image  
Number of output pages  
0
process- (Thick paper 3)  
ing  
<8 digits>  
Image  
process- (OHP film)  
ing  
Number of output pages  
0
<8 digits>  
1389  
1390  
Main  
Main charger wire clean-  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
Does not count up  
when cleaning is not  
effective.  
Counts the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the upper  
drawer.  
1
1
charger ing counter display/0 clear-  
<5 digits>  
ing  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
0
feeding (upper drawer)  
<8 digits>  
1391  
1392  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
Counts the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the lower  
drawer.  
Counts the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the PFP  
upper drawer.  
1
1
feeding (lower drawer)  
<8 digits>  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
0
feeding (PFP upper drawer)  
<8 digits>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 154  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1393  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
ALL  
0
M
Counts the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the PFP  
lower drawer.  
1
feeding (PFP lower drawer)  
<8 digits>  
2
1394  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
ALL  
0
M
Counts the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the bypass  
tray.  
1
feeding (bypass feed)  
<8 digits>  
1395  
1396  
1397  
1398  
1399  
1400  
Paper  
feeding (LCF)  
Feeding retry counter  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
M
M
M
M
Counts the number of  
times of the feeding  
retry from the LCF.  
When the number of  
feeding retry (08-1390  
to 08-1395) exceeds  
the setting value, the  
feeding retry will not be  
performed subse-  
quently. In case 0is  
set as a setting value,  
however, the feeding  
retry continues regard-  
less of the counter set-  
ting value.  
1
1
1
1
1
1
<8 digits>  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
10  
<8 digits>  
feeding upper limit value  
(upper drawer)  
Paper  
feeding upper limit value  
(lower drawer)  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
10  
<8 digits>  
Feeding retry counter  
10  
<8 digits>  
feeding upper limit value  
(PFP upper drawer)  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
10  
<8 digits>  
feeding upper limit value  
(PFP lower drawer)  
Paper  
feeding upper limit value  
(bypass feed)  
Refer to (Note 1).  
Feeding retry counter  
10  
<8 digits>  
1401  
1410  
1412  
Paper  
Feeding retry counter  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
10  
<8 digits>  
M
M
M
1
1
1
feeding upper limit value (LCF)  
Counter Black toner cartridge drive  
counts/0 clearing  
0
<8 digits>  
Counter Counter for tab paper  
0
Counts up when the  
registration sensor is  
ON. When the counter  
value of the fuser roller  
is reset, this counter is  
reset in sync at the PM  
support mode.  
<8 digits>  
1414  
1415  
Image  
Toner cartridge wrong  
ALL  
ALL  
0
M
M
0: ON  
1: OFF  
1
1
process- installation detection ON/  
ing  
Image  
<0-1>  
OFF setting  
Detection/control that the  
0
Sets ON or OFF of the  
detection/control that  
the toner cartridge is  
nearly empty.  
process- toner cartridge is nearly  
<0-2>  
ing  
empty  
0: All colors (Y/M/C/K)  
OFF  
1: Black (K) ON  
2: All colors (Y/M/C/K)  
ON  
1416  
Image  
Threshold for detecting  
ALL  
322500  
<8 digits>  
M
1
process- that black toner cartridge is  
ing nearly empty  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 155  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1422  
Data  
over-  
write kit  
HDD data overwriting type  
setting  
ALL  
0
SYS Select the type of the  
overwriting level; LOW,  
MEDIUM, or HIGH for  
deleting HDD data.  
(This setting is enabled  
only when the GP-1060  
is installed.)  
1
<0-2>  
0: LOW  
1: MEDIUM  
2: HIGH  
1424  
Data  
over-  
write kit  
HDD data clearing type  
setting (forcible clearing)  
ALL  
0
SYS Select the type of the  
overwriting level; LOW,  
MEDIUM, or HIGH for  
deleting HDD data.  
(This setting is enabled  
only when the GP-1060  
is installed.)  
1
<0-2>  
0: LOW  
1: MEDIUM  
2: HIGH  
1426  
1427  
1428  
1429  
Data  
over-  
write kit  
Forcible HDD data clearing  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
-
-
HDD data is cleared in  
the procedure set in 08-  
1424.  
3
3
*
This setting is  
enabled only when  
the GP-1060 is  
installed.  
Data  
over-  
write kit  
Forcible NVRAM data all  
clearing  
When this code is per-  
formed, the equipment  
cannot be started up.  
*
This setting is  
enabled only when  
the GP-1060 is  
installed.  
Data  
over-  
write kit  
Forcible SRAM backup  
data all clearing  
When this code is per-  
formed, the equipment  
cannot be started up.  
3
*
This setting is  
enabled only when  
the GP-1060 is  
installed.  
User  
Margin width  
Front: 7/  
Back: 7  
SYS This setting is not  
reflected in "Right",  
10  
interface (Top/Bottom, Left/Right)  
<2-100/-  
100-100>  
even if the value less  
than 2 is set for "Back".  
1430  
1431  
User  
Margin width  
ALL  
ALL  
14  
<2-30>  
SYS  
1
1
interface (Bookbinding margin)  
Network ACC  
1
SYS 0: ACC prohibited  
1: Only in the same  
paper direction  
(AT_CASETTE_CHANGE)  
for Printer/Box printing  
<0-2>  
2: In both same direc-  
tion and different  
directions  
1432  
Network Private-print-only mode  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Normal  
1: Private-print-only  
mode  
1
<0-1>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 156  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1435  
Network "Disable private and proof  
print save" function  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Function OFF (no  
restriction on data  
saving or other  
1
<0-1>  
operations)  
1: Function ON (Data  
saving or other  
2
operations are  
restricted)  
1436  
Network "Disable fax save" function  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Function OFF (no  
restriction on data  
saving or other  
1
<0-1>  
operations)  
1: Function ON (Data  
saving or other  
operations are  
restricted  
1440  
1441  
Network IP Conflict Detect  
Network SNTP Enable  
ALL  
ALL  
1
-
-
OFF/ON  
1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
OFF/ON  
1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
2
<1-2>  
1442  
1444  
1445  
1446  
Network SNTP Polling rate  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
24  
<1-168>  
-
-
-
-
Data obtaining interval  
(Unit: Hour)  
SNTP server IP  
Address (Primary)  
SNTP server IP  
12  
12  
12  
12  
Network Primary SNTP Address  
Network Secondary SNTP Address  
Network Port number to SNTP  
-
-
Address (Secondary)  
123  
<1-  
65535>  
1447  
1448  
Network IPP administrator name  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
This should be an  
account which can con-  
trol all IPP jobs.  
This should be the  
password of an account  
which can control all  
IPP jobs.  
12  
12  
Network IPP administrator pass-  
word  
-
1449  
1450  
1451  
Network IPP authentication method  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
1
-
-
-
1: Disabled  
2: Basic  
3: Digest  
12  
12  
12  
<1-4>  
4: Basic Digest  
Network User name for IPP authen-  
tication  
-
-
This should be the  
account at the time IPP  
authentication was per-  
formed.  
This should be the  
password of the  
Network Password for IPP authenti-  
cation  
account at the time IPP  
authentication was per-  
formed.  
1464  
1468  
Network Samba server ON/OFF  
setting  
ALL  
1
NIC 1: Samba enabled  
2: Samba disabled  
3: Print Share disabled  
4: File Share disabled  
SYS 0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
12  
1
<1-4>  
General User data management  
limitation setting  
ALL  
(color)  
0
<0-1>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 157  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
1469  
General User data management  
limitation Setting by num-  
ber of printouts  
ALL  
SYS 0-9,999,999:  
0-9,999,999 sheets  
1
(color) <7 digits>  
1470  
1471  
General Device authentication func-  
tion setting  
General User authentication  
method  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS 0: Local  
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-5>  
1: NTLM (NT Domain)  
2: LDAP  
3: Kerberos (Active  
Directory)  
4: Netware  
1472  
General User data management  
automatic registration func-  
tion setting  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Disabled  
1
<0-1>  
1: Enabled  
1473  
1474  
General User data management  
limitation setting  
General User data management  
limitation Setting by num-  
ber of printouts  
ALL  
(black)  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
SYS 0-9,999,999:  
1
1
<0-1>  
0
(black) <7 digits>  
0-9,999,999 sheets  
1476  
Network Restriction on Address  
book operation by adminis-  
trator  
ALL  
0
SYS Some restrictions can  
be given on the admin-  
istrator for operating the  
Address book.  
1
<0-1>  
0: No restriction  
1: Can be operated  
only under the  
administrator's  
authorization  
1477  
Network Restriction on "To" ("cc")  
address  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: No restriction  
1: Can be set from  
both of the Address  
book and LDAP  
server  
1
<0-3>  
2: Can be set only  
from the Address  
book  
3: Can be set only  
from the LDAP  
server  
1478  
1479  
User  
Display of paper size set-  
ALL  
ALL  
JPN: 0  
UC: 1  
<0-1>  
SYS 0: Not displayed  
1: Displayed  
1
1
interface ting by installation opera-  
tion of drawers  
User  
Default setting of sharp-  
5
SYS 1: -4 2: -3  
3: -2 4: -1  
interface ness  
<1-9>  
5: 0  
6: +1  
7: +2 8: +3 9: +4  
1481  
General User data management  
clearing  
ALL  
-
-
All the user data in the  
database and backup  
files can be deleted.  
3
1482  
1483  
General User data department  
management  
General User data recovery  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
1
3
<0-1>  
-
-
The data in the data-  
base is overwritten with  
the data in the backup  
file.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 158  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/11  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1484  
Network Authentication method of  
"Scan to Email"  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Disabled  
1: SMTP authentica-  
1
<0-2>  
tion  
2: LDAP authentica-  
2
tion  
1485  
1487  
Network Setting whether use of the  
Internet FAX is permitted at  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Not permitted  
1: Permitted  
1
1
<0-1>  
the time of authentication  
Network "From" address assign-  
ment method at the time of  
authentication  
0
SYS 0: User name + @ +  
Domain name  
<0-2>  
1: LDAP searching  
2: Use the address  
registered at "From"  
field of E-mail set-  
ting  
1489  
1491  
Network Setting for "From" address  
edit at "Scan to Email"  
Network E-mail domain name  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Not permitted  
1: Permitted  
SYS 96 + 2 (delimiter) char-  
acter  
1
<0-1>  
-
11  
*
ASCll sequence  
only  
1492  
1493  
Paper  
Detection method of 13"  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
1
1
feeding LG for single-size docu-  
ment  
Network Role Base Access Func-  
tion  
<0-1>  
0
SYS 0: Function off (No  
restriction on data  
saving and other  
operations)  
<0-1>  
1: Function on (Data  
saving and other  
operations have  
some restrictions)  
1494  
1495  
General Limitation check method  
Mainte- Service call checking  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Checked at every  
page printed  
1
1
<0-1>  
1: Checked at every  
job printed  
6
-
0: No checking period  
specified (= Calls  
service technician  
immediately)  
nance  
period setting  
<0-12>  
0: 10 minutes  
1: 30 minutes  
3: 1 hour  
4: 6 hours  
5: 12 hours  
6: 24 hours  
7: 48 hours  
8: 7 days  
9: 1 month  
10: 1 year  
11: 5 years  
12: Not limited (= Calls  
service technician if  
such error has  
occurred in the past  
even once or more)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 159  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1496  
General Operation setting for User  
authentication/registration  
ALL  
1
SYS 0 : Disables operation  
setting for User  
1
<0-1>  
authentication/regis-  
tration  
1 : Enables operation  
setting for User  
authentication/regis-  
tration  
1497  
1498  
Elec-  
tronic Fil- Client)  
ing  
e-Filing Access Mode (for  
ALL  
FAX  
0
SYS 0: Mode 1  
1: Mode 2  
1
1
<0-2>  
2: Mode 3  
FAX  
Inbound FAX function  
(Forwarding by TSI)  
1
SYS 0: OFF  
(Function disabled)  
1: ON  
<0-1>  
(Function enabled)  
1530-0  
1530-1  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed  
4
4
(black) <8 digits>  
in black mode printing  
only in the black mode.  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
(black) <8 digits>  
1530-2  
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
4
(black) <8 digits>  
1530-3  
1530-4  
1530-7  
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[4IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using  
[4IN1].  
4
4
4
(black) <8 digits>  
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the black mode.  
(black) <8 digits>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 160  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
1531-0  
Counter Number of  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed  
only in the full color  
mode.  
4
output pages  
in full color  
mode  
(color) <8 digits>  
2
1531-1  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
4
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-  
ZINE SORT].  
1531-2  
1531-3  
1531-4  
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using [2IN1]  
or [MAGAZINE SORT].  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
4
4
4
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
using [4IN1].  
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using  
[4IN1].  
1531-7  
1532-0  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the full color mode.  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed  
only in the twin color  
mode.  
4
4
Counter Number of  
output pages  
in twin color  
mode  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
1532-1  
1532-2  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the twin color mode  
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-  
ZINE SORT].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
twin color mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
4
4
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
1532-3  
1532-4  
1532-7  
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the twin color mode  
using [4IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
twin color mode using  
[4IN1].  
4
4
4
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the twin color mode.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 161  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
1533-0  
Counter Number of  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
PRT  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode.  
4
output pages  
(black) <8 digits>  
of the printer printing  
or BOX  
1533-1  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
4
(black) <8 digits>  
*
When printing is  
performed using a  
Windows driver, the  
1-UP image will be  
output.  
1533-2  
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
4
(black) <8 digits>  
1533-3  
1533-4  
1533-5  
1533-6  
1533-7  
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[4IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using  
[4IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[N IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using [N  
IN1].  
4
4
4
4
4
(black) <8 digits>  
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
N-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
N-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the black mode.  
(black) <8 digits>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 162  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
1534-0  
Counter Number of  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
PRT  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed  
only in the full color  
mode.  
4
output pages  
(color) <8 digits>  
of the printer printing  
or BOX  
2
(Full color)  
1534-1  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
4
(color) <8 digits>  
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-  
ZINE SORT].  
*
When printing is  
performed using a  
Windows driver, the  
1-UP image will be  
output.  
1534-2  
1534-3  
1534-4  
1534-5  
1534-6  
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using [2IN1]  
or [MAGAZINE SORT].  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
4
4
4
4
4
(color) <8 digits>  
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
(color) <8 digits>  
using [4IN1].  
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using  
(color) <8 digits>  
[4IN1].  
N-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
(color) <8 digits>  
using [N IN1].  
N-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using [N  
IN1].  
(color) <8 digits>  
1534-7  
1535-0  
1535-7  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the full color mode.  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets in the default  
settings.  
4
4
4
(color) <8 digits>  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
of the FAX  
printing  
FAX  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
FAX  
0
SYS  
(1-UP /  
Duplex print-  
ing)  
(black) <8 digits>  
1661  
1662  
1663  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN SSID  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Network type  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Security  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
Maximum 32 letters  
12  
12  
12  
1
1: Infrared wireless LAN  
2: Ad-hoc network  
1: 802.1x 2: WPA-PSK  
3: WEP 4: NONE  
5: WPA 6: WPA2  
7: WPA2PSK  
<1-2>  
4
<1-7>  
1664  
1665  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Encryption system  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Transmission output power  
ALL  
ALL  
1
-
-
1: TKIP 2: AES  
3: Dynamic WEP  
1: 100% 2: 50%  
12  
12  
<1-3>  
1
<1-5>  
3: 25%  
5: min  
4: 12.5%  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 163  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
1666  
1667  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Transmission rate  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Transmission rate value  
1
-
-
1: Auto  
2: Manual  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
1
<1-12>  
1: 1  
3: 5.5  
5: 6  
2: 2  
4: 11  
6: 9  
7: 12  
9: 24  
10: 36  
11: 48  
12: 54  
8: 18  
1668  
1669  
1670  
1671  
1672  
1673  
1674  
1675  
1676  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Operation channel  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Operation channel value  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN WEP bit number  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN WEP key entry system  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN WEP key value  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN WPA-PSK passphrase  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Sleep mode setting  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Slot-time limitation  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1: Auto  
2: Manual  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
1
<1-11>  
1
1:64  
3: 152  
1: Hex  
2: 128  
<1-3>  
2
<1-2>  
-
2: ASCII  
Maximum 32 letters  
Maximum 64 letters  
-
1
1: Off  
3: Normal  
1: Long 2: Short  
2: Max  
<1-3>  
1
<1-2>  
5
LAN  
Number of times of soft-  
ware retry  
<0-1000>  
1677  
1678  
1679  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Preamble  
Wireless Wireless LAN driver  
LAN Operation mode  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN Wireless LAN setting  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
1
-
-
-
1: Long 2: Longshort  
12  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
1
<1-3>  
1
1: All  
2: 11b  
3: 11g  
This setting is whether  
the wireless LAN con-  
nection is enabled or  
disabled.  
<1-3>  
1: Unset 2: Enabled  
3: Disabled  
1681  
1682  
1684  
1685  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
This should be the path  
name in full where the  
client certificate is  
located.  
12  
12  
12  
12  
LAN  
Path name for client certifi-  
cate  
(Maximum 255 letters)  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
This should be the path  
name in full where the  
client certificate is  
located.  
LAN  
Path name for secret key  
of client certificate  
(Maximum 255 letters)  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
This should be the path  
name in full where the  
CA self-certificate is  
located.  
LAN  
Path name for CA self-cer-  
tificate  
(Maximum 255 letters)  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN EAP user name  
This should be the user  
name when the EAP-  
TLS is used.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 164  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
1686  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN EAP user name  
ALL  
-
This should be the user  
name when the PEAP  
is used.  
12  
1689  
1690  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN Authentication interval  
ALL  
ALL  
30  
<30-  
65535>  
-
This should be the time-  
out interval between  
EAP responses.  
12  
2
30: 30 seconds  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN Holding interval  
60  
<60-  
65535>  
M
The EAP authentica-  
tion will start after hav-  
ing been waited in this  
period when an EAP  
failure was received.  
60: 60 seconds  
When an EAPOL-Start  
packet has been sent  
and the request ID can-  
not be received, this  
EAPOL-Start packet will  
be re-sent for the num-  
ber of times set in this  
code.  
12  
12  
1691  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
ALL  
3
<1-  
65535>  
M
LAN  
EAPOL-Start  
Number of times of packet  
retry  
3: 3 times  
1692  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN Session resume  
ALL  
2
-
This setting is whether  
the pre-master key  
should be updated or  
not upon a TLS re-  
negotiation.  
12  
<1-2>  
1: Session is resumed  
2: Session is not  
resumed  
1693  
1696  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN MAC Frame size  
ALL  
ALL  
1398  
<1-1398>  
-
-
This is a MAC frame  
size used in the wire-  
less LAN connection.  
The data is fragmented  
into this size.  
1398: 1398 bytes  
This should be the  
12  
12  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
/dev/  
LAN  
Device file setting for  
obtaining random number  
urandom  
device file name which  
can obtain a seed to ini-  
tialize the WEP PRNG  
for xsupplicant.  
(Maximum 255 letters)  
1697  
1699  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN CRL directory designation  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
This should be the path  
name of the directory in  
full where the CRL file  
is located.  
12  
12  
(Maximum 255 letters)  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN EAP authentication type  
1
This setting is for the  
EAP authentication  
type which xsupplicant  
can authenticate.  
<1-3>  
1: EAP-TLS 2: PEAP  
3: EAP-TLS and PEAP  
1700  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN CN name  
ALL  
-
-
This should be an  
authentication server  
name (basically a  
12  
domain name in full).  
(Maximum 255 letters)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 165  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
1701  
1704  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN CN name check  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
1
-
-
1: NO  
2: YES  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
0
<0-720>  
The update interval of a  
secret key across AP  
(Access Point) and STA  
(Station) can be set.  
This interval is for  
updating the secret key  
from STA.  
LAN  
Update interval of PTK  
(Pairwise Transient Key)  
0: Not updated  
1-720: 1-720 minutes of  
interval  
1705  
1706  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN Strict packet check  
ALL  
ALL  
1
-
-
The Ack bit and request  
bit of EAPOL-Key is  
checked.  
1: Not checked  
2: Checked  
A higher priority is given  
to the xsupplicant task  
when a 4-way hand-  
shake is started.  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
1
LAN  
Priority change at 4-way  
handshake  
<1-2>  
1: Priority not changed  
2: Priority changed  
1707  
1708  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
ALL  
ALL  
1
-
-
The encryption capabil-  
ity output in TLS clien-  
tHello message can be  
selected.  
1: LOW 2: MIDDLE  
3: HIGH  
These are the security  
level which can be  
selected from the user  
interface. This setting is  
not applied in case of  
PEAP. ("LOW" and  
"MIDDLE" is manda-  
tory for PEAP)  
12  
12  
LAN  
Security level  
<1-3>  
Selectable security level  
(EAP-TLS)  
1
<1-3>  
1: LOW + MIDDLE +  
HIGH  
2: MIDDLE + HIGH  
3: HIGH  
1710  
1711  
1712  
1713  
Blue-  
tooth  
Blue-  
tooth  
Blue-  
tooth  
Blue-  
tooth  
Bluetooth  
ON/OFF setting  
Bluetooth  
Device name  
Bluetooth  
Discovery  
Bluetooth  
Security  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
1
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS Maximum 32 letters  
1
11  
1
<0-1>  
MFP  
1
SYS 0: Not allowed  
1: Allowed  
SYS 0: Security function  
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
1
OFF  
1: Security function  
ON  
1714  
Blue-  
tooth  
Bluetooth  
PIN  
ALL  
0000  
SYS Maximum 8 digits  
(8-digit sequence)  
11  
This setting is valid only  
when the bluetooth  
security function is ON.  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 166  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1715  
Blue-  
tooth  
Bluetooth  
Data encryption  
ALL  
1
SYS 0: Not encrypted  
1: Encrypted  
1
<0-1>  
This setting is valid only  
when the bluetooth  
security function is ON.  
2
1719  
1720  
Blue-  
tooth  
Bluetooth  
BIP Paper type  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Fit page  
1: 1/2 size  
1
<0-3>  
2: 1/4 size  
3: 1/8 size  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
-
-
-
-
IP filter minimum area 1  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
IP filter maximum area  
1
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 1)  
1721  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
12  
ter  
(Maximum area 1)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1722  
1723  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
IP filter minimum area 2  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
IP filter maximum area  
2
12  
12  
ter I  
(Minimum area 2)  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ter  
(Maximum area 2)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1724  
1725  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
IP filter minimum area 3  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
IP filter maximum area  
3
12  
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 3)  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ter  
(Maximum area 3)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1726  
1727  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
IP filter minimum area 4  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
IP filter maximum area  
4
12  
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 4)  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ter  
(Maximum area 4)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1728  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
-
-
IP filter minimum area 5  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 5)  
000.000.000.000)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 167  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
1729  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
-
IP filter maximum area  
5
12  
ter  
(Maximum area 5)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1730  
1731  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
IP filter minimum area 6  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
IP filter maximum area  
6
12  
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 6)  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ter  
(Maximum area 6)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1732  
1733  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
IP filter minimum area 7  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
IP filter maximum area  
7
12  
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 7)  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ter  
(Maximum area 7)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1734  
1735  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
IP filter minimum area 8  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
IP filter maximum area  
8
12  
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 8)  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ter  
(Maximum area 8)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1736  
1737  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
IP filter minimum area 9  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
IP filter maximum area  
9
12  
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 9)  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ter  
(Maximum area 9)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
1738  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
-
-
IP filter minimum area  
10  
12  
ter  
(Minimum area 10)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 168  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
1739  
Network IP address range for IP fil-  
ALL  
-
IP filter maximum area  
10  
12  
ter  
(Maximum area 10)  
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
000.000.000.000)  
2
1740  
1741  
Network SSL setting  
SSL ftp server OFF/ON  
Network SSL setting  
ALL  
ALL  
2
-
-
1: Enabled  
2: Disabled  
SSL HTTP server port  
number  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
10443  
<1-  
HTTP server port number  
65535>  
1742  
1743  
Network SSL setting  
ALL  
ALL  
2
-
-
1: Enabled  
2: Disabled  
SSL IPP server port  
number  
12  
12  
IPP server OFF/ON setting  
Network SSL setting  
IPP server port number  
<1-2>  
443  
<1-  
65535>  
1744  
1745  
1746  
Network SSL setting  
SSL ftp server OFF/ON  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
2
-
-
-
OFF/ON  
1: Valid  
2: Invalid  
Port number to FTP  
Server  
12  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
Network SSL setting  
SSL ftp server Port  
990  
<1-  
65535>  
Network SSL setting  
2
OFF/ON  
1: Valid  
SSL LDAP Client OFF/ON  
<1-3>  
2: Invalid  
3: Use imported certifi-  
cate  
1747  
1748  
Network SSL setting  
SSL LDAP Client Port  
ALL  
ALL  
636  
<1-  
65535>  
-
-
Port number to LDAP  
Server  
12  
12  
Network SSL setting  
2
OFF/ON  
1: Valid  
SSL POP3 Client OFF/ON  
<1-3>  
2: Invalid  
3: Use imported certifi-  
cate  
1749  
1750  
Network SSL setting  
SSL POP3 Client Port  
ALL  
ALL  
995  
<1-  
65535>  
-
-
Port number to POP3  
Server  
12  
12  
Network SSL setting  
2
2: Invalid  
SSL SMTP Client OFF/ON  
<2-6>  
3: Accept all certifi-  
cates of SMTP with  
TLS (STARTTLS)  
server  
4: Accept all certifi-  
cates of SMTPS  
(SMTP OverSSL)  
server  
5: Use imported certifi-  
cates of SMTP with  
TLS (STARTTLS)  
server  
6: Use imported certifi-  
cates of SMTPS  
(SMTP OverSSL)  
server  
1751  
Network SSL setting  
SSL SMTP Client Port  
ALL  
465  
<1-  
-
Port number to SMTP  
Server  
12  
65535>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 169  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1755  
Network Enabling server's IP  
address acquired by DHCP  
ALL  
2
-
Domain Name Server  
option (6)  
12  
<1-2>  
1: Enabled  
2: Disabled  
*
This value is used  
only when DHCP is  
enabled.  
1756  
Network Enabling server's IP  
address acquired by DHCP  
ALL  
2
-
NetBIOS over TCP/IP  
Name Server option  
(44) = Primary and  
Secondary Wins NAME  
1: Enabled  
12  
<1-2>  
2: Disabled  
*
This value is used  
only when DHCP is  
enabled.  
1757  
1762  
Network Enabling server's IP  
address acquired by DHCP  
ALL  
ALL  
1
-
-
The Host Name Ven-  
dor Extension option  
(12)  
1: Enabled  
2: Disabled  
This value is used only  
when DHCP is enabled.  
SNTP Server Option  
(42) NTP Server  
Address  
12  
12  
<1-2>  
Network Enabling server's IP  
address acquired by DHCP  
2
<1-2>  
1: Enabled  
2: Disabled  
*
This value is used  
only when DHCP is  
enabled.  
1764  
1765  
1766  
1767  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Maximum 255 letters  
Maximum 63 letters  
Maximum 63 letters  
12  
12  
12  
12  
LAN  
Control sequence setting  
of "Cipher Suite"  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN  
Path name for user certifi-  
cate  
Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant  
LAN  
Path name entered for CA  
self-certificate  
Network Enabling server's IP  
address acquired by DHCP  
2
SYS DNS domain name  
Option (15) DNS  
domain name of the cli-  
ent  
<1-2>  
1: Enabled  
2: Disabled  
*
This value is used  
only when DHCP is  
enabled.  
1768  
Network Previous IP address  
ALL  
-
-
000.000.000.000-  
255.255.255.255  
(Default value:  
12  
000.000.000.000)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 170  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1778  
General Hang-up period of control  
panel at the 3rd misentry of  
administrator's password  
ALL  
1
SYS 0: No hang-up  
1: 0.5 minutes (= 30  
1
<0-7>  
seconds)  
2: 1 minute  
2
3: 3 minutes  
4: 5 minutes  
5: 10 minutes  
6: 15 minutes  
7: 30 minutes  
1779  
Network Default data saving direc-  
tory of "Scan to File"  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Local directory  
1: REMOTE 1  
1
<0-2>  
2: REMOTE 2  
1781-0 Network Notification of When job  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the notification  
method of scan job  
4
4
scan job  
completed  
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
completion.  
0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
1781-1  
1782  
On error  
SYS  
Network File name format of "Save  
as file" and Email transmis-  
sion  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the naming  
method of the file of  
"Save as file" and Email  
transmission.  
1
<0-6>  
0: [FileName]-[Data]-  
[Page]  
1: [FileName]-[Page]-  
[Data]  
2: [Data]-[FileName]-  
[Page]  
3: [Data]-[Page]-[File-  
Name]  
4: [Page]-[FileName]-  
[Data]  
5: [Page]-[Data]-[File-  
Name]  
6: [HostName]_[Data]-  
[Page]  
1783  
Network Date display format of the  
file name of "Save as file"  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the data display  
format of the file of  
"Save as file" and Email  
transmission.  
1
<0-5>  
and Email transmission  
0: [YYYY][MM][DD]  
[HH][mm][SS]  
1: [YY][MM][DD]  
[HH][mm][SS]  
2: [YYYY][MM][DD]  
3: [YY][MM][DD]  
4: [HH][mm][SS]  
5: [YYYY][MM][DD]  
[HH][mm][SS][mm0]  
The order of [YY], [MM]  
and [DD] varies  
depending on the set-  
ting of the code 08-640  
(Data display format).  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 171  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1784  
Network Single page data saving  
directory at "Save as file"  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets the directory  
where the file of "Save  
as file" is saved.  
1
<0-1>  
0: Save it under a sub-  
folder  
1: Save it without cre-  
ating a subfolder  
1785  
1786  
Network Page number display for-  
mat of the file of "Save as  
file" and Email transmis-  
sion  
Network Extension (suffix) format of  
the file of "Save as file"  
ALL  
ALL  
4
SYS Sets the digit of a page  
number attached on the  
file.  
1
1
<3-6>  
3-6: 3-6 digits  
3
SYS Sets the extension dig-  
its of the file to be  
saved.  
<3-6>  
3: Auto  
4: 4 digits  
5: 5 digits  
6: 6 digits  
1800-0  
1800-1  
1800-2  
Image  
process- forced supply  
Color toner  
Y
M
C
ALL  
70  
M
M
M
Sets the motor driving  
time of the developer  
unit at the time of the  
color toner forced sup-  
ply.  
4
4
4
(color) <0-255>  
ALL 70  
(color) <0-255>  
ALL 70  
(color) <0-255>  
ing  
time setting  
0-255: Setting value x  
0.1 seconds  
1801  
Image  
process- count setting  
ing  
Image  
process- ting of the  
Color toner forced supply  
ALL  
(color)  
7
M
M
Sets the number of  
times of the color toner  
forced supply.  
Sets the performing  
level of the developer  
material stabilizing  
operation.  
Set the interval time  
between performances  
of developer material  
stabilizing operation.  
1
4
<1-10>  
1802-0  
Start up set-  
Level  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
3
<2-8>  
ing  
developer  
material stabi-  
lizing mode.  
1802-1  
1802-2  
Pattern  
interval  
50  
<0-100>  
M
M
4
4
Number of  
repeating  
time  
10  
<0-20>  
Set the number of  
repeating times of the  
developer material sta-  
bilizing operation.  
1911  
1912  
1913  
Finisher Manual stapling time-out  
period  
Finisher Finisher model switching  
setting value  
General Page number addition on  
multipage file names of  
"File/Email"  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
15  
<3-30>  
M
M
3-30sec.  
(In increments of 1sec.)  
0: MJ-1023  
1: MJ-1101  
1
1
1
0
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
SYS  
1914  
1915  
General Maximum number of deci-  
mals in extension fields  
Network Filing size for Network  
scanning function  
ALL  
ALL  
2
SYS  
1
1
<0-255>  
0
SYS 0: Eliminates 2 mm  
from circumference  
(Void: 2 mm)  
<0-1>  
1: No space eliminated  
(Void: 0 mm)  
1916  
General Default saving/attachment  
files of "File/Email"  
ALL  
0
SYS  
1
<0-1>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 172  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
-
1920  
1921  
1922  
1923  
1924  
1925  
Network Device domain name of  
device authentication  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
1
Network Windows domain No. 2 of  
user authentication  
Network Windows domain No. 3 of  
user authentication  
-
-
2
Network LDAP authentication  
Server type  
Network LDAP authentication  
User attribute  
1
NIC 1: Windows Server  
2: Not Windows Server  
NIC Sets a user attribute  
name.  
SYS 0: Forcible execution  
1: Execution impossi-  
ble (pooled in the  
<1-2>  
-
Network Execution of user authenti-  
cation when the user ID is  
not entered  
2
<0-2>  
invalid queue)  
2: Forcible deletion  
1926  
FAX  
Tab/cover sheet printing at  
FAX reception  
Printing stop function  
ALL  
0
SYS Sets on or off of the  
printing function of spe-  
cial sheets such as tab  
or cover sheet of FAX,  
Email or list print.  
1
<0-1>  
0: Function off  
1: Function on  
1928  
1929  
1930  
1931  
1932  
1933  
1934  
1935  
Network Role Based Access  
LDAP search index  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
<0-  
4294967  
295>  
SYS  
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
User  
Key arrangement for lan-  
0
SYS 0: QWERTY layout  
(for EUR)  
interface guage 1  
<0-2>  
1: QWERTZ layout  
2: AZERTY layout  
User  
Key arrangement for lan-  
1
SYS 0: QWERTY layout  
(for EUR)  
interface guage 2  
<0-2>  
1: QWERTZ layout  
2: AZERTY layout  
User  
Key arrangement for lan-  
EUR: 2  
UC: 0  
JPN: 0  
<0-2>  
SYS 0: QWERTY layout  
(for EUR)  
interface guage 3  
1: QWERTZ layout  
2: AZERTY layout  
User  
Key arrangement for lan-  
0
SYS 0: QWERTY layout  
(for EUR)  
interface guage 4  
<0-2>  
1: QWERTZ layout  
2: AZERTY layout  
User  
Key arrangement for lan-  
0
SYS 0: QWERTY layout  
(for EUR)  
interface guage 5  
<0-2>  
1: QWERTZ layout  
2: AZERTY layout  
User  
Key arrangement for lan-  
0
SYS 0: QWERTY layout  
(for EUR)  
interface guage 6  
<0-2>  
1: QWERTZ layout  
2: AZERTY layout  
User  
Key arrangement for lan-  
0
SYS 0: QWERTY layout  
(for EUR)  
interface guage 7  
<0-2>  
1: QWERTZ layout  
2: AZERTY layout  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 173  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1936  
Network AppleTalk device name  
ALL  
MFP-  
serial  
UTY Maximum 32 letters  
The Network-related  
serial number of the  
equipment appears at  
"serial".  
12  
1937  
Network User name and password  
at user authentication or  
"Save as file"  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: User name and  
password of the  
device  
1
<0-2>  
1: User name and  
password at the  
user authentication  
(Template registra-  
tion information  
comes first when a  
template is  
retrieved.)  
2: User name and  
password at the  
user authentication  
(User information of  
the authentication  
comes first when a  
template is  
retrieved.)  
1938  
General Reformatting process due  
to a version change of SYS  
ROM  
ALL  
-
-
Use this setting to refor-  
mat the specific parti-  
tion whose file system  
has been changed in  
Ver.2, at the version up/  
downgrade of the SYS  
ROM.  
7
<0-2>  
No reformatting pro-  
cess shall be used in  
any cases other than  
this version change.  
0: Waiting (No refor-  
matting)  
1: dosFs to catFs (Ver-  
sion upgrade from  
Ver.1 to Ver.2 or  
later)  
2: catFs to dosFs (Ver-  
sion downgrade  
from Ver.2 or later to  
Ver.1)  
1941  
Blue-  
tooth  
Bluetooth  
BIP Paper size  
ALL  
EUR: 6  
UC: 2  
JPN: 6  
<0-13>  
SYS 0: Ledger 1: Legal  
2: Letter 3: Computer  
4: Statement 5: A3  
6: A4  
8: A6  
10: B5  
7: A5  
9: B4  
11: Folio  
12: Legal13"  
13: LetterSquare  
1950  
1951  
Network SMB signature for SMB  
server  
ALL  
ALL  
1
UTY 1: Auto  
12  
12  
<0-3>  
2: Valid  
3: Invalid  
UTY 1: Auto  
2: Valid  
Network SMB signature for SMB cli-  
ent  
1
<0-3>  
3: Invalid  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 174  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
-
1952  
1953  
Network Device name for device  
authentication  
Network Password for the device  
name used for device  
authentication  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
12  
12  
-
2
1954  
1955  
1956  
1957  
1958  
1959  
1960  
1961  
Network PDC2 of user authentica-  
tion  
Network BDC2 of user authentica-  
tion  
Network PDC3 of user authentica-  
tion  
Network BDC3 of user authentica-  
tion  
Network PDC of device authentica-  
tion  
Network BDC of device authentica-  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
-
-
-
-
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
UTY Maximum 128 letters  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
1
General KS Filter operation mode  
0
SYS 0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
<0-1>  
-
General KS/KSSM setting all clear-  
ing  
-
Does not reset the  
value of the code 08-  
1960 but resets those  
of the codes 08-1963 to  
1994.  
3
1963  
1964  
General KS Filter Emulation Mode  
General KS Filter Paper Size  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Auto  
1: KS  
2: KSSM  
SYS 0: A3  
1: A4  
1
1
<0-2>  
1
<0-5>  
2: B4  
3: B5  
4: Letter  
5: Legal  
1965  
1966  
1967  
1968  
1970  
General KS Filter Orientation  
General KS Filter Copies  
General KS Paper Source  
General KS Duplex Mode  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Portrait  
1
1
1
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<1-999>  
1: Landscape  
SYS  
SYS  
SYS  
0
<0-1>  
0
<0-2>  
1
General KS CPI (English CPI/  
Hangle CPI)  
SYS 0: (5/10)  
1: (6/12)  
<0-10>  
2: (6.7/13.3)  
3: (6.9/13.8)  
4: (7.5/15)  
5: (8.3/16.7)  
6: (9/18)  
7: (10/10)  
8: (10/20)  
9: (12/24)  
10: (15/30)  
1971  
General KS LPI  
ALL  
60  
<30-160>  
SYS Key in the value 10  
times as the desired  
font size.  
1
(e.g.: Key in "45" for a  
font size 4.5.)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 175  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1972  
General KS Type Face  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: MYUNGJO  
1: GOTHIC  
1
<0-5>  
2: GUNGSEO  
3: GULLIM  
4: GRAPH  
5: SAMMUL  
1973  
General KS Font Size  
ALL  
96  
<96-160>  
SYS Key in the value 10  
times as the desired  
font size.  
1
(e.g.: Key in "100" for a  
font size 10.0.)  
1974  
1975  
General KS Zoom  
ALL  
ALL  
100  
<20-400>  
SYS  
1
1
General KS CR/LF Mode  
2
SYS 0: CR->CR,  
LF->LF  
<0-3>  
1: CR->CR+LF,  
LF->LF  
2: CR->CR,  
LF->CR+LF  
3: CR->CR+LF,  
LF->CR+LF  
1976  
1977  
General KS Top Margin  
General KS Left Margin  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Key in the value 10  
times as the desired  
font size.  
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a  
font size 4.0.)  
SYS Key in the value 10  
times as the desired  
font size.  
1
1
<0-50>  
0
<0-50>  
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a  
font size 4.0.)  
1978  
1979  
1980  
1984  
General KS Auto Wrap  
General KS Han Mode  
General KS Han Code  
General KSSM CPI  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS 0: Wansung  
1: Johap  
SYS 0: (5/10)  
1: (6/12)  
1
1
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
1
<0-10>  
(English CPI/ Hangle CPI)  
2: (6.7/13.3)  
3: (6.9/13.8)  
4: (7.5/15)  
5: (8.3/16.7)  
6: (9/18)  
7: (10/10)  
8: (10/20)  
9: (12/24)  
10: (15/30)  
1985  
General KSSM LPI  
ALL  
60  
<30-160>  
SYS Key in the value 10  
times as the desired  
font size.  
1
(e.g.: Key in "45" for a  
font size 4.5.)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 176  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1986  
General KSSM Type Face  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: MYUNGJO  
1: GOTHIC  
1
<0-5>  
2: GUNGSEO  
3: GULLIM  
4: GRAPH  
2
5: SAMMUL  
1987  
General KSSM Font Size  
ALL  
96  
<96-160>  
SYS Key in the value 10  
times as the desired  
font size.  
1
(e.g.: Key in "100" for a  
font size 10.0.)  
1988  
1989  
General KSSM Zoom  
ALL  
ALL  
100  
<20-400>  
SYS  
1
1
General KSSM CR/LF Mode  
2
SYS 0: CR->CR,  
LF->LF  
<0-3>  
1: CR->CR+LF,  
LF->LF  
2: CR->CR,  
LF->CR+LF  
3: CR->CR+LF,  
LF->CR+LF  
1990  
1991  
General KSSM Top Margin  
General KSSM Left Margin  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Key in the value 10  
times as the desired  
font size.  
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a  
font size 4.0.)  
SYS Key in the value 10  
times as the desired  
font size.  
1
1
<0-50>  
0
<0-50>  
(e.g.: Key in "40" for a  
font size 4.0.)  
1992  
1993  
1994  
3722  
General KSSM Auto Wrap  
General KSSM Han Mode  
General KSSM Han Code  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
SYS 0: Wansung  
1: Johap  
NIC Applied to the device  
authentication  
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
60  
<1-180>  
1
Network Device authentication  
PDC/BDC time-out period  
(Unit: Seconds)  
12  
3723  
3724  
Network User authentication PDC/  
BDC time-out period (Unit:  
Seconds)  
Network Windows domain authenti-  
cation of device/user  
ALL  
ALL  
30  
<1-180>  
NIC Applied to the user  
authentication  
12  
12  
1
NIC 1: Auto  
2: Kerberos  
3: NTLMv2  
<1-3>  
authentication  
3725  
3726  
3727  
3728  
3729  
Network IPP max connection  
Network IPP active connection  
Network LPD max connection  
Network LPD active connection  
Network ATalk PS max Connection  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
16  
<1-16>  
10  
<1-16>  
10  
<1-16>  
10  
<1-16>  
NIC  
NIC  
NIC  
NIC  
NIC  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
10  
<1-16>  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 177  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
able  
value>  
10  
<1-16>  
10  
<1-16>  
10  
<1-16>  
3730  
3731  
3732  
3736  
Network ATalk PS active Connec-  
tion  
NIC  
NIC  
NIC  
12  
12  
12  
12  
Network Raw TCP max connection  
Network Raw TCP active connec-  
tion  
Network DNS Client Time Out  
Network DDNS Client Time Out  
Network HTTP Client Time Out  
60  
<1-180>  
NIC Use when a timeout  
occurred at DNS client  
connection  
NIC Use when a timeout  
occurred at DDNS cli-  
ent connection  
NIC Use when a timeout  
occurred at HTTP cli-  
ent connection  
NIC Use when a timeout  
occurred at FTP client  
connection  
NIC Use when a timeout  
occurred at SNTP client  
connection  
NIC Use when a timeout  
occurred at SMTP client  
connection  
NIC Use when a timeout  
occurred at POP3 client  
connection  
NIC Use when a timeout  
occurred at LDAP cli-  
ent connection  
3737  
3738  
3739  
3740  
3741  
3742  
3743  
3744  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
60  
<1-180>  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
60  
<1-180>  
Network FTP Client Time Out  
(SCAN)  
30  
<1-180>  
Network SNTP Client Time Out  
Network SMTP Client Time Out  
Network POP3 Client Time Out  
Network LDAP Client Time Out  
30  
<1-180>  
30  
<1-180>  
30  
<1-180>  
30  
<1-180>  
Network POP3 Authentication  
method  
1
NIC POP3 authentication  
method setting  
<1-3>  
1: Disable (Default)  
2: NTLM  
3: Kerberos  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 178  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
6810-0  
Counter Number of  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
PPC  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed  
4
output pages  
(black) <8 digits>  
in black mode printing  
only in the black mode.  
/ Large size  
6810-1  
6810-2  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
4
2
(black) <8 digits>  
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
4
(black) <8 digits>  
6810-3  
6810-4  
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[4IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using  
[4IN1].  
4
4
(black) <8 digits>  
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
6810-7  
6811-0  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the black mode.  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed  
only in the full color  
mode.  
4
4
(black) <8 digits>  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
in full color  
mode / Large  
6811-1  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
4
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-  
ZINE SORT].  
6811-2  
6811-3  
6811-4  
6811-7  
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using [2IN1]  
or [MAGAZINE SORT].  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
4
4
4
4
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
using [4IN1].  
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using  
[4IN1].  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the full color mode.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 179  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
6812-0  
Counter Number of  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed  
only in the twin color  
mode.  
4
output pages  
in twin color  
mode / Large  
(color) <8 digits>  
6812-1  
6812-2  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the twin color mode  
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-  
ZINE SORT].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
twin color mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
4
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
4
6812-3  
6812-4  
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the twin color mode  
using [4IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
twin color mode using  
[4IN1].  
4
4
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
6812-7  
6813-0  
6813-1  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PPC  
(color) <8 digits>  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
4
4
4
the twin color mode.  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
of the printer  
or BOX /  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode.  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
(black) <8 digits>  
PRT  
0
Large  
(black) <8 digits>  
6813-2  
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using  
[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE  
SORT].  
4
(black) <8 digits>  
6813-3  
6813-4  
6813-5  
6813-6  
6813-7  
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[4IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using  
[4IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the black mode using  
[N IN1].  
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the  
black mode using [N  
IN1].  
4
4
4
4
4
(black) <8 digits>  
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
N-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
N-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
(black) <8 digits>  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the black mode.  
(black) <8 digits>  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 180  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
0
6814-0  
Counter Number of  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed  
only in the full color  
mode.  
4
output pages  
of the printer  
or BOX /  
(color) <8 digits>  
2
Large  
(Full color)  
6814-1  
2-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
4
(color) <8 digits>  
using [2IN1] or [MAGA-  
ZINE SORT].  
6814-2  
6814-3  
6814-4  
6814-5  
6814-6  
2-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using [2IN1]  
or [MAGAZINE SORT].  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
4
4
4
4
4
(color) <8 digits>  
4-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
(color) <8 digits>  
using [4IN1].  
4-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using  
(color) <8 digits>  
[4IN1].  
N-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages printed in  
the full color mode  
(color) <8 digits>  
using [N IN1].  
N-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed in the full  
color mode using [N  
IN1].  
(color) <8 digits>  
6814-7  
6815-0  
6815-7  
9047  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
1-UP /  
Simplex  
printing  
1-UP /  
Duplex  
printing  
PRT  
0
SYS Counts the number of  
sheets printed only in  
the full color mode.  
SYS Counts the number of  
output pages in the  
4
4
4
1
(color) <8 digits>  
Counter Number of  
output pages  
of the FAX  
FAX  
FAX  
ALL  
0
<8 digits>  
default settings.  
printing /  
Large  
0
SYS  
<8 digits>  
General Process control flag setting  
of easy setup (manual  
0
SYS 0: No change of man-  
ual unpacking  
<0-2>  
unpacking adjustment)  
adjustment  
1: OFF status of man-  
ual unpacking  
adjustment flag  
2: Returns to the initial  
unpacking mode  
9117  
Network Raw printing job  
(Blank page will not be  
printed)  
PRT  
0
SYS 0: OFF  
1: ON  
1
<0-1>  
9359  
9394  
User  
Printing resume after jam  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Auto resume  
1: Resume by users  
SYS 0: Sets 1 page as 1 file  
1: Makes a file based  
on the original  
1
1
interface releasing  
Network Single-page option for stor-  
ing File and sending Email  
<0-1>  
0
<0-1>  
9629  
Network Attribute name for LDAP  
Role Based Access  
ALL  
eBMUser SYS  
11  
R
<->  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 181  
06/08  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
9739  
Mainte- Remote service  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: RDMS toner empty  
notified immediately  
1: RDMS toner empty  
notified once a day  
1
nance  
Toner-end notification  
<0-2>  
2: RDMS toner empty  
not notified  
9828  
9829  
General Remote scanning mode  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Batch  
1: Sequential  
SYS Decide the default limi-  
tation setting when the  
new department code is  
created.  
1
1
<0-1>  
0
<0-3>  
General Department management  
limitation setting  
0: No limit  
1: Limited only in the  
black mode  
2: Limited in the color  
mode  
3: Limited in the black/  
color mode  
9847  
9880  
9881  
Finisher Hole punching setting  
ALL  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Invalid  
1: Valid  
SYS 1 to 31  
1
1
1
<0-1>  
1
<1-31>  
General Total counter transmission  
date setting (2)  
General Day of total counter data  
transmission  
0
-
1 byte 00000000(0)-  
01111111(127)  
<0-127>  
From the 2nd bit -  
Sunday, Monday,  
Tuesday, Wednesday,  
Thursday, Friday,  
Saturday  
9882  
General Display mode of the used  
capacity on the e-Filing  
ALL  
1
SYS 0: All files search  
mode  
1
<0-1>  
administrator page  
1: Performancepriority  
mode  
9885  
9886  
General New/Old FROM identifica-  
tion  
ALL  
-
-
0: Old FROM  
1: New FROM  
-1: Error  
2
1
<-1-1>  
Scanner Decimal point indication for  
Enhanced Scan Template  
SCN  
EUR: 0  
UC: 1  
SYS 0: Comma  
1: Period  
JPN: 1  
<0-1>  
9888  
9891  
Scanner Permission setting for  
changing the scan parame-  
ter when recalling an  
extension  
SCN  
ALL  
0
SYS 0: Prohibited  
1: Accepted  
1
1
<0-1>  
User  
Warning message on the  
1
SYS 0: No warning notifica-  
tion  
interface touch panel when PM  
(Periodic Maintenance)  
time has come  
<0-1>  
1: Warning notification  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 182  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
06/08  
Note:  
In this equipment, a toner image is formed on the transfer belt prior to a paper feeding.  
When the feeding retry occurs and the transport timing is delayed, the toner image on the trans-  
fer belt is cleaned off without the 2nd transfer since the paper cannnot be reached for the 2nd  
transfer proccess.  
After that, the toner image fomation is retried while the paper is waited.  
In this case, the toner for this image formation is consumed wastefully since the toner image on  
the transfer belt is already cleaned off, even though the printing is normally completed.  
Therefore, note that the excessive toner will be consumed consequently when the upper limit  
value of feeding retry counter is set larger or set as "0" (no limit).  
2
The toner is also consumed wastefully when the paper misfeeding occurs. Replace the roller at  
earlier timing if the paper misfeedings have occurred frequently.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 183  
<<Pixel counter related code>>(Chap. 2.2.6)  
Note:  
In the pixel counter function, the twin color copy mode is regarded as the full color mode.  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Func- <Accept-  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1500  
Pixel  
counter  
Standard paper size setting  
ALL  
EUR: 0  
UC: 1  
JPN: 0  
<0-1>  
SYS Selects the standard  
paper size to convert it  
into the pixel count (%).  
0: A4  
1
1: LT  
1501  
1502  
Pixel  
counter  
Pixel counter all clearing  
Service technician refer-  
ALL  
ALL  
-
-
SYS Clears all information  
related to the pixel  
counter.  
SYS Clears all information  
related to the service  
technician reference  
pixel counter.  
3
3
Pixel  
counter ence counter clearing  
1503  
1504  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
ALL  
-
SYS Clears all information  
related to the toner car-  
tridge reference pixel  
counter.  
SYS Selects whether or not  
to display the pixel  
counter on the LCD  
screen.  
3
1
counter counter clearing  
Pixel  
counter ting  
Pixel counter display set-  
1
<0-1>  
0: Displayed  
1: Not displayed  
1505  
Pixel  
counter ting  
Displayed reference set-  
ALL  
0
SYS Selects the reference  
when displaying the  
pixel counter on the  
LCD screen.  
1
<0-1>  
0: Service technician  
reference  
1: Toner cartridge ref-  
erence  
1506  
1507  
Pixel  
Toner empty determination  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Selects the counter to  
determine toner empty.  
0: Output pages  
1
1
counter counter setting  
<0-1>  
1: Pixel counter  
Pixel  
Threshold setting for toner  
500  
<0-999>  
SYS Sets the number of out-  
put pages to determine  
toner empty. This set-  
ting is valid when 0is  
set at 08-1506.  
counter empty determination (Out-  
put pages)  
1508  
Pixel  
Threshold setting for toner  
ALL  
21500  
<0-  
60000>  
SYS Sets the number of out-  
put pages to determine  
toner empty. This set-  
ting is valid when 1is  
set at 08-1506.  
1
counter empty determination (Pixel  
counter)  
1509  
1510  
1511  
Pixel  
Pixel counter clear flag/  
ALL  
ALL  
0
SYS Becomes 1when 08-  
2
2
2
counter Service technician refer-  
ence  
Pixel  
<0-1>  
1502 is performed.  
Service technician refer-  
-
-
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1502 was per-  
formed.  
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1503 was per-  
formed.  
counter ence cleared date  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
(color)  
counter cleared date (Y)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 184  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
-
1512  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1503 was per-  
formed.  
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1503 was per-  
formed.  
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1503 was per-  
formed.  
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1503 was per-  
formed.  
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1503 was per-  
formed.  
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1503 was per-  
formed.  
SYS Displays the date on  
which 08-1503 was per-  
formed.  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
counter cleared date (M)  
(color)  
1513  
1514  
1515  
1516  
1517  
1518  
1547  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
(color)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
counter cleared date (C)  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
counter cleared date (K)  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
(color)  
counter count started date (Y)  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
(color)  
counter count started date (M)  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
(color)  
counter count started date (C)  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge reference  
ALL  
counter count started date (K)  
Pixel  
counter fullcolor  
(Service technicianrefer-  
Number of output pages/  
PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
(color)  
output pagesconverted  
to the standard paper  
sizein the copy function,  
full color modeand ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
ence)  
[Unit. page]  
1548  
1549  
1550  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
2
2
2
counter black (Service technician  
(black)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper sizein the copy  
function, black mode  
and service technician  
reference.  
reference)  
[Unit. page]  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
counter fullcolor (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
(color)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the printer  
function, full color mode  
and service technician  
reference.  
[Unit. page]  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
counter black (Service technician  
reference)  
(black)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the printer  
function, black mode  
and service technician  
reference.  
[Unit. page]  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 185  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1551  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
FAX  
(black)  
<8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
output pages con-  
2
counter black (Service technician  
reference)  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the FAX  
function, black mode  
and service technician  
reference.  
[Unit. page]  
1552  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
2
counter full color (K) (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
(color)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner K and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
[Unit. page]  
1553  
1554  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
2
2
counter black (Toner cartridge ref-  
erence)  
(black)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the copy  
function, black mode  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
[Unit. page]  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
counter full color (K) (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
(color)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner K and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
[Unit. page]  
1555  
1556  
1557  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
2
2
2
counter black (Toner cartridge ref-  
erence)  
(black)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the printer  
function, black mode  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
[Unit. page]  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
FAX  
(black)  
<8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
output pages con-  
counter black (Toner cartridge ref-  
erence)  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the FAX  
function, black mode  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
[Unit. page]  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
counter full color (Y) (Toner car-  
(color)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner Y and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
tridge reference)  
[Unit. page]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 186  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1558  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
2
2
2
2
2
counter full color (Y) (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
(color)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner Y and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
2
[Unit. page]  
1559  
1560  
1561  
1562  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
counter full color (M) (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
(color)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner M and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
[Unit. page]  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
counter full color (M) (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
(color)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner M and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
[Unit. page]  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
counter full color (C) (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
(color)  
output pages con-  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner C and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
[Unit. page]  
Pixel  
Number of output pages/  
ALL  
(color)  
<8 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
output pages con-  
counter full color (C) (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
verted to the standard  
paper size in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner C and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
[Unit. page]  
1563  
1564  
1565  
1566  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge Y replace-  
ALL  
(color)  
<3 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
time of the toner car-  
tridge Y replacement.  
<3 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
time of the toner car-  
tridge M replacement.  
<3 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
time of the toner car-  
tridge C replacement.  
<3 digits> SYS Counts the number of  
time of the toner car-  
2
2
2
2
counter ment counter  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge M replace-  
ALL  
(color)  
counter ment counter  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge C replace-  
ALL  
(color)  
counter ment counter  
Pixel  
Toner cartridge K replace-  
ALL  
counter ment counter  
tridge K replacement.  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 187  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1577  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, all toner and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service (color)  
technician reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1578  
1579  
1580  
1581  
1582  
1583  
1584  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner Y and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (Y) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner M and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (M) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner C and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (C) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner K and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (K) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, all toner and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service (color)  
technician reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner Y and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (Y) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner M and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (M) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 188  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1585  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner C and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
counter color (C) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
2
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1586  
1587  
1588  
1589  
1590  
1591  
1592  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner K and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (K) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer function, full  
color mode, all toner  
and service technician  
reference.  
counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service  
technician reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer function, full  
color mode, toner Y and  
service technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (Y) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer function, full  
color mode, toner M  
and service technician  
reference.  
counter color (M) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer function, full  
color mode, toner C  
and service technician  
reference.  
counter color (C) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer function, full  
color mode, toner K and  
service technician refer-  
ence.  
counter color (K) (Service techni-  
cian reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/black  
PPC  
(black)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, black mode  
and service technician  
reference.  
counter (Service technician refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 189  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1593  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/black  
PRT  
(black)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, black mode  
and service technician  
reference.  
2
2
2
counter (Service technician refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1594  
1595  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/black  
FAX  
(black)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the FAX  
function, black mode  
and service technician  
reference.  
counter (Service technician refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/black  
PPC/  
PRT/  
FAX  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer/FAX function,  
black mode and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter (Service technician refer-  
ence)  
(black)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1596  
1597  
1598  
1599  
1600  
1601  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode, all  
toner and service tech-  
nician reference.  
2
2
2
2
2
2
counter (Y+M+C+K) (Service tech- (color)  
nician reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode,  
toner Y and service  
technician reference.  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode,  
toner M and service  
technician reference.  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode,  
toner C and service  
technician reference.  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode,  
toner K and service  
technician reference.  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
counter (Y) (Service technician ref- (color)  
erence)  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
counter (M) (Service technician ref- (color)  
erence)  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
counter (C) (Service technician ref- (color)  
erence)  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
counter (K) (Service technician ref- (color)  
erence)  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, all toner and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter (Y+M+C+K) (Service tech- (color)  
nician reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 190  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1602  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner Y and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
2
2
2
2
counter (Y) (Service technician ref- (color)  
erence)  
2
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1603  
1604  
1605  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner M and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter (M) (Service technician ref- (color)  
erence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner C and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter (C) (Service technician ref- (color)  
erence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner K and ser-  
vice technician refer-  
ence.  
counter (K) (Service technician ref- (color)  
erence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1606  
1607  
1608  
1609  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/black  
PPC  
(black)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, black mode and  
service technician refer-  
ence.  
2
2
2
2
counter (Service technician refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/black  
PRT  
(black)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, black mode  
and service technician  
reference.  
counter (Service technician refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/black  
FAX  
(black)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the FAX func-  
tion, black mode and  
service technician refer-  
ence.  
counter (Service technician refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner Y and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 191  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1610  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner M and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
2
2
2
counter color (M) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1611  
1612  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner C and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter color (C) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color  
mode, toner K and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter color (K) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1613  
1614  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/black  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, black mode  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
2
2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy  
function, full color/black  
mode, toner K and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter color (K)+black (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1615  
1616  
1617  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner Y and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
2
2
2
counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner M and  
toner cartridge refer  
ence.  
counter color (M) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner C and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter color (C) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 192  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1618  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner K and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
2
counter color (K) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
2
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1619  
1620  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/black  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, black mode  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
2
2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the printer  
function, full color/black  
mode, toner K and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter color (K)+black (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1621  
1622  
1623  
1624  
1625  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer function, full  
color mode, toner Y and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
2
2
2
2
2
counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer function, full  
color mode, toner M  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
counter color (M) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer function, full  
color mode, toner C  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
counter color (C) (Toner cartridge  
reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/full  
PPC/  
PRT/  
FAX  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the copy/  
printer/FAX function,  
black mode, toner K  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
counter color (K)+black (Toner car-  
tridge reference)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Average pixel count/black  
FAX  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the average  
pixel count in the FAX  
function, black mode  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 193  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1626  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode,  
toner Y and toner car-  
tridge reference.  
2
2
2
2
2
counter (Y) (Toner cartridge refer-  
ence)  
[Unit:0.01%]  
1627  
1628  
1629  
1630  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode,  
toner M and toner car-  
tridge reference.  
counter (M) (Toner cartridge refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode,  
toner C and toner car-  
tridge reference.  
counter (C) (Toner cartridge refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PPC  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode,  
toner K and toner car-  
tridge reference.  
counter (K) (Toner cartridge refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner Y and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter (Y) (Toner cartridge refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1631  
1632  
1633  
1634  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner M and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
2
2
2
2
counter (M) (Toner cartridge refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner C and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter (C) (Toner cartridge refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/full color  
PRT  
(color)  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, full color  
mode, toner K and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
counter (K) (Toner cartridge refer-  
ence)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/black  
FAX  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the FAX func-  
tion, black mode and  
toner cartridge refer-  
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)  
ence. [Unit: 0.01%]  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 194  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1639  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/black  
PPC  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the copy func-  
tion, black mode and  
toner cartridge refer-  
ence.  
2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)  
2
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1640  
Pixel  
Latest pixel count/black  
PRT  
0
<0-  
10000>  
SYS Displays the latest pixel  
count in the printer  
function, black mode  
and toner cartridge ref-  
erence.  
2
counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)  
[Unit: 0.01%]  
1641-0  
1641-1  
1641-2  
1641-3  
1641-4  
1641-5  
1641-6  
1641-7  
1641-8  
1641-9  
1642-0  
1642-1  
1642-2  
1642-3  
1642-4  
1642-5  
1642-6  
1642-7  
1642-8  
1642-9  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
0-5%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
counter distribution/  
full color (Y)  
(color)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode and  
toner Y are displayed.  
[Unit: page]  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
80.1-  
100%  
0-5%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
counter distribution/  
full color (M)  
(color)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode and  
toner M are displayed.  
[Unit: page]  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
80.1-  
100%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 195  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1643-0  
1643-1  
1643-2  
1643-3  
1643-4  
1643-5  
1643-6  
1643-7  
1643-8  
1643-9  
1644-0  
1644-1  
1644-2  
1644-3  
1644-4  
1644-5  
1644-6  
1644-7  
1644-8  
1644-9  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
0-5%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
counter distribution/  
full color (C)  
(color)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode and  
toner C are displayed.  
[Unit: page]  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
80.1-  
100%  
0-5%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
counter distribution/  
full color (K)  
(color)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the copy func-  
tion, full color mode and  
toner K are displayed.  
[Unit: page]  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
80.1-  
100%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 196  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1645-0  
1645-1  
1645-2  
1645-3  
1645-4  
1645-5  
1645-6  
1645-7  
1645-8  
1645-9  
1646-0  
1646-1  
1646-2  
1646-3  
1646-4  
1646-5  
1646-6  
1646-7  
1646-8  
1646-9  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
0-5%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
counter distribution/  
full color (Y)  
(color)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the printer func-  
tion, full color mode and  
toner Y are displayed.  
[Unit: page]  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
2
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
80.1-  
100%  
0-5%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
counter distribution/  
full color (M)  
(color)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the printer func-  
tion, full color mode and  
toner M are displayed.  
[Unit: page]  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
80.1-  
100%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 197  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1647-0  
1647-1  
1647-2  
1647-3  
1647-4  
1647-5  
1647-6  
1647-7  
1647-8  
1647-9  
1648-0  
1648-1  
1648-2  
1648-3  
1648-4  
1648-5  
1648-6  
1648-7  
1648-8  
1648-9  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
0-5%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
counter distribution/  
full color (C)  
(color)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the printer func-  
tion, full color mode and  
toner C are displayed.  
[Unit: page]  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
80.1-  
100%  
0-5%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
counter distribution/  
full color (K)  
(color)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the printer func-  
tion, full color mode and  
toner K are displayed.  
[Unit: page]  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
80.1-  
100%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(color)  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 198  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1649-0  
1649-1  
1649-2  
1649-3  
1649-4  
1649-5  
1649-6  
1649-7  
1649-8  
1649-9  
1650-0  
1650-1  
1650-2  
1650-3  
1650-4  
1650-5  
1650-6  
1650-7  
1650-8  
1650-9  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
0-5%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
counter distribution/  
black  
(black)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the copy func-  
tion and black mode  
aredisplayed.  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
2
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
[Unit: page]  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
80.1-  
100%  
0-5%  
PPC <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
counter distribution/  
black  
(black)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
are divided into 10  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the printer func-  
tion and black mode are  
displayed.  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
[Unit: page]  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
80.1-  
100%  
PRT <8 digits> SYS  
(black)  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 199  
Setting mode (08)  
Default  
Func- <Accept-  
Pro-  
cedur  
e
Classifi-  
cation  
Code  
Items  
RAM  
Contents  
tion  
able  
value>  
1651-0  
1651-1  
1651-2  
1651-3  
1651-4  
1651-5  
1651-6  
1651-7  
1651-8  
1651-9  
Pixel  
Pixel count  
0-5%  
FAX  
(black)  
FAX  
(black)  
FAX  
(black)  
FAX  
(black)  
FAX  
(black)  
FAX  
(black)  
FAX  
(black)  
FAX  
(black)  
<8 digits> SYS The pixel count data  
are divided into 10  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
counter distribution/  
black  
ranges. The number of  
output pages in each  
range is displayed. In  
this code, the distribu-  
tions in the FAX func-  
tion and black mode are  
dis-played.  
5.1-10%  
10.1-15%  
15.1-20%  
20.1-25%  
25.1-30%  
30.1-40%  
40.1-60%  
60.1-80%  
<8 digits> SYS  
<8 digits> SYS  
<8 digits> SYS  
<8 digits> SYS  
<8 digits> SYS  
<8 digits> SYS  
<8 digits> SYS  
<8 digits> SYS  
<8 digits> SYS  
[Unit: page]  
FAX  
(black)  
FAX  
(black)  
80.1-  
100%  
e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE  
2 - 200  
© June 2005 TOSHIBA TEC  
05/07  

Linak 10ch01s 00 User Manual
Moog Automobile Parts 813 User Manual
Mtd Ac3 User Manual
Nutone Heat A Vent 605rp User Manual
Panasonic Cw A90vr User Manual
Samsung Sc X210l User Manual
Samsung Scx 5112 User Manual
Soleus Air Gh Pac 10e5 User Manual
U Line Combo B12115 User Manual
Vtech Telephone Ls6326 5 User Manual